forksand
/
qmk_firmware
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Releases Wiki Activity

Deleted Host ClassDriver demos -- not yet started, faster to rebase new ClassDriver demos from the newly schedulerless LowLevel host demos rather than re-convert each demo from the previous scheduler-based implementations.

Browse Source 
Fixes to MassStorageHost demo to improve compatibility with more USB drives.
pull/1469/head
Dean Camera 15 years ago
parent ccf5bd19f2
commit 34f6e0dd33
72 changed files with 17 additions and 25566 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File

279
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,279 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the CDCHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "CDCHost.h"
/* Scheduler Task List */
TASK_LIST
{
{ .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
{ .Task = USB_CDC_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
*/
int main(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
LEDs_Init();
/* Indicate USB not ready */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
/* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */
Scheduler_Init();
/* Initialize USB Subsystem */
USB_Init();
/* Start-up message */
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
"CDC Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
/* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */
Scheduler_Start();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);
/* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
* stops the library USB task management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
{
/* Stop keyboard and USB management task */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_CDC_Host, TASK_STOP);
puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
* enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
{
/* Start CDC Host task */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_CDC_Host, TASK_RUN);
/* Indicate device enumeration complete */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
{
USB_ShutDown();
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);
for(;;);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
* enumerating an attached USB device.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
{
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
}
/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to
* log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.
*
* \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the CDCHost_StatusCodes_t enum
*/
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
/* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */
switch (CurrentStatus)
{
case Status_USBNotReady:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
break;
case Status_USBEnumerating:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
break;
case Status_USBReady:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);
break;
case Status_EnumerationError:
case Status_HardwareError:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);
break;
}
/* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read in
* data received from the attached CDC device and print it to the serial port.
*/
TASK(USB_CDC_Host)
{
uint8_t ErrorCode;
switch (USB_HostState)
{
case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
{
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
.bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
.wValue = 1,
.wIndex = 0,
.wLength = 0,
};
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
break;
case HOST_STATE_Configured:
puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
{
if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
else
puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
puts_P(PSTR("CDC Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
break;
case HOST_STATE_Ready:
/* Select and the data IN pipe */
Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_IN);
/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
{
/* Check if data is in the pipe */
if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
{
/* Get the length of the pipe data, and create a new buffer to hold it */
uint16_t BufferLength = Pipe_BytesInPipe();
uint8_t Buffer[BufferLength];
/* Read in the pipe data to the temporary buffer */
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, BufferLength);
/* Print out the buffer contents to the USART */
for (uint16_t BufferByte = 0; BufferByte < BufferLength; BufferByte++)
putchar(Buffer[BufferByte]);
}
/* Clear the pipe after it is read, ready for the next packet */
Pipe_ClearIN();
}
/* Select and unfreeze the notification pipe */
Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Check if a packet has been received */
if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
{
/* Discard the unused event notification */
Pipe_ClearIN();
}
/* Freeze notification IN pipe after use */
Pipe_Freeze();
break;
}
}

88
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for CDCHost.c.
*/
#ifndef _CDC_HOST_H_
#define _CDC_HOST_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h> // Library Version Information
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h> // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h> // Serial stream driver
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> // LEDs driver
#include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h> // Simple scheduler for task management
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Pipe number for the CDC data IN pipe */
#define CDC_DATAPIPE_IN 1
/** Pipe number for the CDC data OUT pipe */
#define CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT 2
/** Pipe number for the CDC notification pipe */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE 3
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */
enum CDCHost_StatusCodes_t
{
Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */
Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */
Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */
Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */
Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */
};
/* Task Definitions: */
TASK(USB_CDC_Host);
/* Function Prototypes: */
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);
#endif

59
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.txt
Unescape View File

@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage CDC Host Demo
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Host</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* CDC host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
* for implementing a USB CDC host, for CDC devices using the standard ACM profile.
*
* This demo prints out received CDC data through the serial port.
*
* Not that this demo is only compatible with devices which report the correct CDC
* and ACM class, subclass and protocol values. Most USB-Serial cables have vendor
* specific features, thus use vendor-specific class/subclass/protocol codes to force
* the user to use specialized drivers. This demo is not compatible with such devices.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

255
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,255 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
* needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
* which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
* routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
* with compatible devices.
*
* This routine searches for a CDC interface descriptor containing bulk data IN and OUT endpoints, and an interrupt event endpoint.
*
* \return An error code from the CDCHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
{
uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;
uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
uint8_t FoundEndpoints = 0;
/* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */
if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
return ControlError;
/* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */
if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)
return DescriptorTooLarge;
/* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */
ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);
/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);
/* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
/* Get the CDC control interface from the configuration descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextCDCControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoCDCInterfaceFound;
}
/* Get the IN and OUT data endpoints for the CDC interface */
while (FoundEndpoints != ((1 << CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE) | (1 << CDC_DATAPIPE_IN) | (1 << CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT)))
{
/* Fetch the next bulk or interrupt endpoint from the current CDC interface */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextInterfaceCDCDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Check to see if the control interface's notification pipe has been found, if so search for the data interface */
if (FoundEndpoints & (1 << CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE))
{
/* Get the next CDC data interface from the configuration descriptor (CDC class has two CDC interfaces) */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextCDCDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoCDCInterfaceFound;
}
}
else
{
/* Clear the found endpoints mask, since any already processed endpoints aren't in the CDC interface we need */
FoundEndpoints = 0;
/* Disable any already configured pipes from the invalid CDC interfaces */
Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE);
Pipe_DisablePipe();
Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_IN);
Pipe_DisablePipe();
Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT);
Pipe_DisablePipe();
/* Get the next CDC control interface from the configuration descriptor (CDC class has two CDC interfaces) */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextCDCControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoCDCInterfaceFound;
}
}
/* Fetch the next bulk or interrupt endpoint from the current CDC interface */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextInterfaceCDCDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoEndpointFound;
}
}
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
/* Check if the found endpoint is a interrupt or bulk type descriptor */
if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
{
/* If the endpoint is a IN type interrupt endpoint */
if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
{
/* Configure the notification pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(EndpointData->PollingIntervalMS);
/* Set the flag indicating that the notification pipe has been found */
FoundEndpoints |= (1 << CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE);
}
}
else
{
/* Check if the endpoint is a bulk IN or bulk OUT endpoint */
if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
{
/* Configure the data IN pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_IN, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Set the flag indicating that the data IN pipe has been found */
FoundEndpoints |= (1 << CDC_DATAPIPE_IN);
}
else
{
/* Configure the data OUT pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_OUT,
EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Set the flag indicating that the data OUT pipe has been found */
FoundEndpoints |= (1 << CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT);
}
}
}
/* Valid data found, return success */
return SuccessfulConfigRead;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC control Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
/* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct control interface found */
if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == CDC_CONTROL_CLASS) &&
(DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).SubClass == CDC_CONTROL_SUBCLASS) &&
(DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == CDC_CONTROL_PROTOCOL))
{
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
}
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC data Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
/* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct data interface found */
if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == CDC_DATA_CLASS) &&
(DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).SubClass == CDC_DATA_SUBCLASS) &&
(DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == CDC_DATA_PROTOCOL))
{
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
}
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next bulk IN or OUT endpoint, or interrupt IN endpoint within the current interface,
* aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint (so that it may be compared
* using a different comparator to determine if it is another CDC class interface).
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceCDCDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
{
uint8_t EndpointType = (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor,
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT))
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
}
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}

85
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
*/
#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
#include "CDCHost.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Interface Class value for the CDC class */
#define CDC_CONTROL_CLASS 0x02
/** Interface Class value for the CDC Communication Interface subclass */
#define CDC_CONTROL_SUBCLASS 0x02
/** Interface Class value for the CDC protocol */
#define CDC_CONTROL_PROTOCOL 0x01
/** Interface Class value for the CDC data class */
#define CDC_DATA_CLASS 0x0A
/** Interface Class value for the CDC data subclass (unused) */
#define CDC_DATA_SUBCLASS 0x00
/** Interface Class value for the CDC data protocol */
#define CDC_DATA_PROTOCOL 0x00
/** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */
#define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
enum CDCHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
{
SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
NoCDCInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible CDC interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< Compatible CDC endpoints were not found in the device's CDC interface */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceCDCDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
#endif

1485
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/Doxygen.conf
Unescape View File

@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
#
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
# The format is:
# TAG = value [value, ...]
# For lists items can also be appended using:
# TAG += value [value, ...]
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
# by quotes) that should identify the project.
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - CDC Host Demo"
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
# if some version control system is used.
PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
# Set to NO to disable this.
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
"The $name widget" \
"The $name file" \
is \
provides \
specifies \
contains \
represents \
a \
an \
the
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
# description.
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
# path to strip.
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
SHORT_NAMES = YES
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
# re-implements.
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
TAB_SIZE = 4
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
ALIASES =
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
# scopes will look different, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Fortran.
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
# VHDL.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
# enable parsing support.
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
# the \nosubgrouping command.
SUBGROUPING = YES
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
# causing a significant performance penality.
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
# the interface are included in the documentation.
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
# anonymous namespace are hidden.
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
# documentation.
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
# function's detailed documentation block.
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
# of that file.
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
INLINE_INFO = YES
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
# not including the namespace part.
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
# alphabetical list.
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
# in the documentation. The default is NO.
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_FILES = YES
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
# of the layout file.
LAYOUT_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
QUIET = YES
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
# NO is used.
WARNINGS = YES
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
# automatically be disabled.
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
# documentation.
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
# to stderr.
WARN_LOGFILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the input files
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
# with spaces.
INPUT = ./
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
# the list of possible encodings.
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank the following patterns are tested:
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
*.c \
*.txt
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
# If left blank NO is used.
RECURSIVE = YES
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
EXCLUDE =
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
# from the input.
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
# for example use the pattern */test/*
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
# the \include command).
EXAMPLE_PATH =
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank all files are included.
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
# the \image command).
IMAGE_PATH =
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
# ignored.
INPUT_FILTER =
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
# is applied to all files.
FILTER_PATTERNS =
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to source browsing
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented
# functions referencing it will be listed.
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented entities
# called/used by that function will be listed.
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
USE_HTAGS = NO
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
IGNORE_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the HTML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate HTML output.
GENERATE_HTML = YES
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
HTML_OUTPUT = html
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header.
HTML_HEADER =
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard footer.
HTML_FOOTER =
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
HTML_STYLESHEET =
# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
# NO a bullet list will be used.
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
# it at startup.
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
# can be grouped.
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
# will append .docset to the name.
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
# of the generated HTML documentation.
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
# written to the html output directory.
CHM_FILE =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
HHC_LOCATION =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
GENERATE_CHI = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
# content.
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
BINARY_TOC = NO
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
TOC_EXPAND = YES
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
# HTML documentation.
GENERATE_QHP = NO
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
QCH_FILE =
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
# .qhp file .
QHG_LOCATION =
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
# the value YES disables it.
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
# respectively.
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
# is shown.
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
# to force them to be regenerated.
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate Latex output.
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
# default command name.
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
LATEX_HEADER =
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
# higher quality PDF documentation.
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
# in the output.
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the RTF output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
# other RTF readers or editors.
GENERATE_RTF = NO
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_RTF = NO
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
# programs which support those fields.
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the man page output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate man pages
GENERATE_MAN = NO
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
MAN_OUTPUT = man
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
MAN_LINKS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the XML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation.
GENERATE_XML = NO
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
XML_OUTPUT = xml
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_SCHEMA =
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_DTD =
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
# that captures the structure of the code including all
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
# and incomplete at the moment.
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
# moment.
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
# files.
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
# the preprocessor.
INCLUDE_PATH =
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
# be used.
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
# instead of the = operator.
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
# the parser if not removed.
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to external references
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
# this location is as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
# does not have to be run to correct the links.
# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
# (where the name does NOT include the path)
# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
TAGFILES =
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
# will be listed.
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
# be listed.
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
# powerful graphs.
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
# default search path.
MSCGEN_PATH =
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
# or is not a class.
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
HAVE_DOT = NO
# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
# containing the font.
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
# The default size is 10pt.
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
# can find it using this tag.
DOT_FONTPATH =
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
# Language.
UML_LOOK = NO
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
# relations between templates and their instances.
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
# other documented files.
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
# indirectly include this file.
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
CALL_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
# relations between the files in the directories.
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
# If left blank png will be used.
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
# \dotfile command).
DOTFILE_DIRS =
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
# the various graphs.
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
SEARCHENGINE = NO

735
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/makefile
Unescape View File

@ -1,735 +0,0 @@
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
#
# Released to the Public Domain
#
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
# Peter Fleury
# Tim Henigan
# Colin O'Flynn
# Reiner Patommel
# Markus Pfaff
# Sander Pool
# Frederik Rouleau
# Carlos Lamas
# Dean Camera
# Opendous Inc.
# Denver Gingerich
#
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# On command line:
#
# make all = Make software.
#
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
#
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
#
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
#
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
#
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
# have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
# DoxyGen installed)
#
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
#
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
#
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
# bug reports to the GCC project.
#
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# MCU name
MCU = at90usb1287
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
# "Board" inside the application directory.
BOARD = USBKEY
# Processor frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
# Typical values are:
# F_CPU = 1000000
# F_CPU = 1843200
# F_CPU = 2000000
# F_CPU = 3686400
# F_CPU = 4000000
# F_CPU = 7372800
# F_CPU = 8000000
# F_CPU = 11059200
# F_CPU = 14745600
# F_CPU = 16000000
# F_CPU = 18432000
# F_CPU = 20000000
F_CPU = 8000000
# Input clock frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
# source code.
#
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
F_CLOCK = 8000000
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
FORMAT = ihex
# Target file name (without extension).
TARGET = CDCHost
# Object files directory
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
# this an empty or blank macro!
OBJDIR = .
# Path to the LUFA library
LUFA_PATH = ../../..
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
ConfigDescriptor.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
CPPSRC =
# List Assembler source files here.
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
ASRC =
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
OPT = s
# Debugging format.
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
DEBUG = dwarf-2
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
# c89 = "ANSI" C
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DUSB_HOST_ONLY -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS
CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
CFLAGS += -Wundef
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -Wundef
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns: create listing
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
# Minimalistic printf version
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
PRINTF_LIB =
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
# Minimalistic scanf version
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
SCANF_LIB =
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
MATH_LIB = -lm
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRALIBDIRS =
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# only used for heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
EXTMEMOPTS =
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
# -Map: create map file
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
#
# Type: avrdude -c ?
# to get a full listing.
#
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
# see avrdude manual.
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
# performed after programming the device.
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
# to submit bug reports.
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
DEBUG_UI = insight
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
# GDB Init Filename.
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
# avarice is running on a different computer.
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
#============================================================================
# Define programs and commands.
SHELL = sh
CC = avr-gcc
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
SIZE = avr-size
AR = avr-ar rcs
NM = avr-nm
AVRDUDE = avrdude
REMOVE = rm -f
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
COPY = cp
WINSHELL = cmd
# Define Messages
# English
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
MSG_END = -------- end --------
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
# Define all object files.
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
# Define all listing files.
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
# Add target processor to flags.
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
# Default target.
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
build: elf hex eep lss sym
#build: lib
elf: $(TARGET).elf
hex: $(TARGET).hex
eep: $(TARGET).eep
lss: $(TARGET).lss
sym: $(TARGET).sym
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
lib: $(LIBNAME)
# Eye candy.
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
begin:
@echo
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
end:
@echo $(MSG_END)
@echo
# Display size of file.
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
sizebefore:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
sizeafter:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
checkhooks: build
@echo
@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
echo "(None)"
@echo ------------------------------------
checklibmode:
@echo
@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
| grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
|| echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
@echo ------------------------------------
checkboard:
@echo
@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
@echo ------------------------------------
# Display compiler version information.
gccversion :
@$(CC) --version
# Program the device.
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
flip: $(TARGET).hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
# a breakpoint at main().
gdb-config:
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
endif
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
else
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
endif
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
coff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
%.hex: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
%.eep: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
%.lss: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
%.sym: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
$(NM) -n $< > $@
# Create library from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.a: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.elf: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
%.s : %.c
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
%.s : %.cpp
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
@echo
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
%.i : %.c
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Target: clean project.
clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
clean_binary:
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
clean_list:
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
doxygen:
@echo Generating Project Documentation...
@doxygen Doxygen.conf
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
clean_doxygen:
rm -rf Documentation
# Create object files directory
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
# Include the dependency files.
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
# Listing of phony targets.
.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee

174
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
* needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
* which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
* routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
* with compatible devices.
*
* This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.
*
* \return An error code from the GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
{
uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;
uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
uint8_t FoundEndpoints = 0;
/* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */
if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
return ControlError;
/* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */
if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)
return DescriptorTooLarge;
/* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */
ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);
/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);
/* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
/* Get the HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextHIDInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoHIDInterfaceFound;
}
while (FoundEndpoints != ((1 << HID_DATA_IN_PIPE) | (1 << HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE)))
{
/* Get the next HID interface's data endpoint descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextInterfaceHIDDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint - if we've reached the end of the HID descriptor
* but only found the mandatory IN endpoint, it's safe to continue with the device enumeration */
if (FoundEndpoints == (1 << HID_DATA_IN_PIPE))
break;
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoEndpointFound;
}
/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
/* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
{
/* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
FoundEndpoints |= (1 << HID_DATA_IN_PIPE);
}
else
{
/* Configure the HID data OUT pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_OUT,
EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
FoundEndpoints |= (1 << HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
}
}
/* Valid data found, return success */
return SuccessfulConfigRead;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct HID Class value.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
/* Determine if the current descriptor is an interface descriptor */
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
/* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == HID_CLASS)
{
/* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
}
/* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,
* aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceHIDDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
/* Determine the type of the current descriptor */
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
{
/* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
/* Indicate that the search has failed prematurely and should be aborted */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
}
/* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}

69
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
*/
#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
#include "GenericHIDHost.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */
#define HID_CLASS 0x03
/** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */
#define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
enum GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
{
SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
NoHIDInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceHIDDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
#endif

1485
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/Doxygen.conf
Unescape View File

@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
#
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
# The format is:
# TAG = value [value, ...]
# For lists items can also be appended using:
# TAG += value [value, ...]
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
# by quotes) that should identify the project.
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Generic HID Host Demo"
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
# if some version control system is used.
PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
# Set to NO to disable this.
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
"The $name widget" \
"The $name file" \
is \
provides \
specifies \
contains \
represents \
a \
an \
the
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
# description.
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
# path to strip.
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
SHORT_NAMES = YES
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
# re-implements.
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
TAB_SIZE = 4
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
ALIASES =
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
# scopes will look different, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Fortran.
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
# VHDL.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
# enable parsing support.
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
# the \nosubgrouping command.
SUBGROUPING = YES
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
# causing a significant performance penality.
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
# the interface are included in the documentation.
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
# anonymous namespace are hidden.
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
# documentation.
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
# function's detailed documentation block.
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
# of that file.
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
INLINE_INFO = YES
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
# not including the namespace part.
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
# alphabetical list.
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
# in the documentation. The default is NO.
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_FILES = YES
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
# of the layout file.
LAYOUT_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
QUIET = YES
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
# NO is used.
WARNINGS = YES
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
# automatically be disabled.
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
# documentation.
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
# to stderr.
WARN_LOGFILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the input files
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
# with spaces.
INPUT = ./
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
# the list of possible encodings.
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank the following patterns are tested:
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
*.c \
*.txt
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
# If left blank NO is used.
RECURSIVE = YES
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
EXCLUDE =
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
# from the input.
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
# for example use the pattern */test/*
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
# the \include command).
EXAMPLE_PATH =
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank all files are included.
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
# the \image command).
IMAGE_PATH =
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
# ignored.
INPUT_FILTER =
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
# is applied to all files.
FILTER_PATTERNS =
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to source browsing
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented
# functions referencing it will be listed.
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented entities
# called/used by that function will be listed.
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
USE_HTAGS = NO
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
IGNORE_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the HTML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate HTML output.
GENERATE_HTML = YES
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
HTML_OUTPUT = html
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header.
HTML_HEADER =
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard footer.
HTML_FOOTER =
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
HTML_STYLESHEET =
# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
# NO a bullet list will be used.
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
# it at startup.
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
# can be grouped.
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
# will append .docset to the name.
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
# of the generated HTML documentation.
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
# written to the html output directory.
CHM_FILE =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
HHC_LOCATION =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
GENERATE_CHI = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
# content.
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
BINARY_TOC = NO
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
TOC_EXPAND = YES
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
# HTML documentation.
GENERATE_QHP = NO
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
QCH_FILE =
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
# .qhp file .
QHG_LOCATION =
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
# the value YES disables it.
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
# respectively.
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
# is shown.
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
# to force them to be regenerated.
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate Latex output.
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
# default command name.
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
LATEX_HEADER =
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
# higher quality PDF documentation.
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
# in the output.
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the RTF output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
# other RTF readers or editors.
GENERATE_RTF = NO
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_RTF = NO
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
# programs which support those fields.
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the man page output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate man pages
GENERATE_MAN = NO
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
MAN_OUTPUT = man
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
MAN_LINKS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the XML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation.
GENERATE_XML = NO
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
XML_OUTPUT = xml
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_SCHEMA =
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_DTD =
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
# that captures the structure of the code including all
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
# and incomplete at the moment.
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
# moment.
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
# files.
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
# the preprocessor.
INCLUDE_PATH =
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
# be used.
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
# instead of the = operator.
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
# the parser if not removed.
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to external references
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
# this location is as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
# does not have to be run to correct the links.
# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
# (where the name does NOT include the path)
# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
TAGFILES =
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
# will be listed.
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
# be listed.
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
# powerful graphs.
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
# default search path.
MSCGEN_PATH =
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
# or is not a class.
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
HAVE_DOT = NO
# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
# containing the font.
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
# The default size is 10pt.
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
# can find it using this tag.
DOT_FONTPATH =
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
# Language.
UML_LOOK = NO
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
# relations between templates and their instances.
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
# other documented files.
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
# indirectly include this file.
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
CALL_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
# relations between the files in the directories.
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
# If left blank png will be used.
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
# \dotfile command).
DOTFILE_DIRS =
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
# the various graphs.
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
SEARCHENGINE = NO

343
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,343 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the GenericHIDHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "GenericHIDHost.h"
/* Scheduler Task List */
TASK_LIST
{
{ .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
{ .Task = USB_HID_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
*/
int main(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
LEDs_Init();
/* Indicate USB not ready */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
/* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */
Scheduler_Init();
/* Initialize USB Subsystem */
USB_Init();
/* Start-up message */
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
"Generic HID Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
/* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */
Scheduler_Start();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);
/* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
* stops the library USB task management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
{
/* Stop HID and USB management task */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_HID_Host, TASK_STOP);
puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n"));
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
* enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
{
/* Start HID Host task */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_HID_Host, TASK_RUN);
/* Indicate device enumeration complete */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
{
USB_ShutDown();
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);
for(;;);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
* enumerating an attached USB device.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
{
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
}
/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to
* log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.
*
* \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the GenericHIDHost_StatusCodes_t enum
*/
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
/* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */
switch (CurrentStatus)
{
case Status_USBNotReady:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
break;
case Status_USBEnumerating:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
break;
case Status_USBReady:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);
break;
case Status_EnumerationError:
case Status_HardwareError:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);
break;
}
/* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
* contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
*/
void ReadNextReport(void)
{
/* Select and unfreeze HID data IN pipe */
Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
{
/* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
Pipe_Freeze();
return;
}
/* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */
if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
{
uint8_t ReportINData[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
/* Read in HID report data */
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&ReportINData, sizeof(ReportINData));
/* Print report data through the serial port */
for (uint16_t CurrByte = 0; CurrByte < sizeof(ReportINData); CurrByte++)
printf_P(PSTR("0x%02X "), ReportINData[CurrByte]);
puts_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
}
/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
Pipe_ClearIN();
/* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
Pipe_Freeze();
}
/** Writes a report to the attached device.
*
* \param ReportOUTData Buffer containing the report to send to the device
* \param ReportIndex Index of the report in the device (zero if the device does not use multiple reports)
* \param ReportType Type of report to send, either HID_REPORTTYPE_OUTPUT or HID_REPORTTYPE_FEATURE
* \param ReportLength Length of the report to send
*/
void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* ReportOUTData, uint8_t ReportIndex, uint8_t ReportType, uint16_t ReportLength)
{
/* Select and unfreeze HID data OUT pipe */
Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
/* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint (some require OUT reports to be sent over the
* control endpoint instead) - check to see if the OUT endpoint has been initialized */
if (Pipe_IsConfigured())
{
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Ensure pipe is ready to be written to before continuing */
if (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()))
{
/* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */
Pipe_Freeze();
return;
}
/* If the report index is used, send it before the report data */
if (ReportIndex)
Pipe_Write_Byte(ReportIndex);
/* Write out HID report data */
Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(ReportOUTData, ReportLength);
/* Clear the OUT endpoint, send last data packet */
Pipe_ClearOUT();
/* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */
Pipe_Freeze();
}
else
{
/* Class specific request to send a HID report to the device */
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
{
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
.bRequest = REQ_SetReport,
.wValue = ((ReportType << 8) | ReportIndex),
.wIndex = 0,
.wLength = ReportLength,
};
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
/* Send the request to the device */
USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ReportOUTData);
}
}
/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process
* HID reports from the device and to send reports if desired.
*/
TASK(USB_HID_Host)
{
uint8_t ErrorCode;
/* Switch to determine what user-application handled host state the host state machine is in */
switch (USB_HostState)
{
case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
{
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
.bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
.wValue = 1,
.wIndex = 0,
.wLength = 0,
};
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error status */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
break;
case HOST_STATE_Configured:
puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
{
if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
else
puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error status */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
puts_P(PSTR("HID Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
break;
case HOST_STATE_Ready:
ReadNextReport();
break;
}
}

97
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for MouseHost.c.
*/
#ifndef _GENERICHID_HOST_H_
#define _GENERICHID_HOST_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h> // Library Version Information
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h> // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h> // Serial stream driver
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> // LEDs driver
#include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h> // Simple scheduler for task management
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Pipe number for the HID data IN pipe */
#define HID_DATA_IN_PIPE 1
/** Pipe number for the HID data OUT pipe */
#define HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE 2
/** HID Class specific request to send a HID report to the device. */
#define REQ_SetReport 0x09
/** HID Report type specifier, for output reports to a device */
#define HID_REPORTTYPE_OUTPUT 0x02
/** HID Report type specifier, for feature reports to a device */
#define HID_REPORTTYPE_FEATURE 0x03
/* Task Definitions: */
TASK(USB_HID_Host);
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */
enum GenricHIDHost_StatusCodes_t
{
Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */
Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */
Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */
Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */
Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);
void ReadNextReport(void);
void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* ReportOUTData, uint8_t ReportIndex, uint8_t ReportType, uint16_t ReportLength);
#endif

55
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt
Unescape View File

@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Generic HID Host Demo
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Host</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Generic HID host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a Generic HID USB host, for any device implementing
* the HID profile.
*
* Received reports from the attached device are printed to the serial port.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

734
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/makefile
Unescape View File

@ -1,734 +0,0 @@
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
#
# Released to the Public Domain
#
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
# Peter Fleury
# Tim Henigan
# Colin O'Flynn
# Reiner Patommel
# Markus Pfaff
# Sander Pool
# Frederik Rouleau
# Carlos Lamas
# Dean Camera
# Opendous Inc.
# Denver Gingerich
#
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# On command line:
#
# make all = Make software.
#
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
#
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
#
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
#
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
#
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
# have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
# DoxyGen installed)
#
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
#
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
#
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
# bug reports to the GCC project.
#
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# MCU name
MCU = at90usb1287
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
# "Board" inside the application directory.
BOARD = USBKEY
# Processor frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
# Typical values are:
# F_CPU = 1000000
# F_CPU = 1843200
# F_CPU = 2000000
# F_CPU = 3686400
# F_CPU = 4000000
# F_CPU = 7372800
# F_CPU = 8000000
# F_CPU = 11059200
# F_CPU = 14745600
# F_CPU = 16000000
# F_CPU = 18432000
# F_CPU = 20000000
F_CPU = 8000000
# Input clock frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
# source code.
#
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
F_CLOCK = 8000000
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
FORMAT = ihex
# Target file name (without extension).
TARGET = GenericHIDHost
# Object files directory
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
# this an empty or blank macro!
OBJDIR = .
# Path to the LUFA library
LUFA_PATH = ../../..
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
ConfigDescriptor.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDParser.c \
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
CPPSRC =
# List Assembler source files here.
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
ASRC =
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
OPT = s
# Debugging format.
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
DEBUG = dwarf-2
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
# c89 = "ANSI" C
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY
CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
CFLAGS += -Wundef
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -Wundef
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns: create listing
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
# Minimalistic printf version
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
PRINTF_LIB =
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
# Minimalistic scanf version
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
SCANF_LIB =
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
MATH_LIB = -lm
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRALIBDIRS =
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# only used for heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
EXTMEMOPTS =
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
# -Map: create map file
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
#
# Type: avrdude -c ?
# to get a full listing.
#
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
# see avrdude manual.
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
# performed after programming the device.
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
# to submit bug reports.
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
DEBUG_UI = insight
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
# GDB Init Filename.
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
# avarice is running on a different computer.
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
#============================================================================
# Define programs and commands.
SHELL = sh
CC = avr-gcc
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
SIZE = avr-size
AR = avr-ar rcs
NM = avr-nm
AVRDUDE = avrdude
REMOVE = rm -f
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
COPY = cp
WINSHELL = cmd
# Define Messages
# English
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
MSG_END = -------- end --------
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
# Define all object files.
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
# Define all listing files.
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
# Add target processor to flags.
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
# Default target.
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
build: elf hex eep lss sym
#build: lib
elf: $(TARGET).elf
hex: $(TARGET).hex
eep: $(TARGET).eep
lss: $(TARGET).lss
sym: $(TARGET).sym
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
lib: $(LIBNAME)
# Eye candy.
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
begin:
@echo
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
end:
@echo $(MSG_END)
@echo
# Display size of file.
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
sizebefore:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
sizeafter:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
checkhooks: build
@echo
@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
echo "(None)"
@echo ------------------------------------
checklibmode:
@echo
@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
| grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
|| echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
@echo ------------------------------------
checkboard:
@echo
@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
@echo ------------------------------------
# Display compiler version information.
gccversion :
@$(CC) --version
# Program the device.
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
flip: $(TARGET).hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
# a breakpoint at main().
gdb-config:
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
endif
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
else
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
endif
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
coff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
%.hex: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
%.eep: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
%.lss: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
%.sym: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
$(NM) -n $< > $@
# Create library from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.a: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.elf: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
%.s : %.c
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
%.s : %.cpp
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
@echo
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
%.i : %.c
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Target: clean project.
clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
clean_binary:
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
clean_list:
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
doxygen:
@echo Generating Project Documentation...
@doxygen Doxygen.conf
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
clean_doxygen:
rm -rf Documentation
# Create object files directory
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
# Include the dependency files.
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
# Listing of phony targets.
.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee

145
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
* needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
* which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
* routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
* with compatible devices.
*
* This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.
*
* \return An error code from the KeyboardHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
{
uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;
uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
/* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */
if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
return ControlError;
/* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */
if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)
return DescriptorTooLarge;
/* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */
ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);
/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);
/* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
/* Get the keyboard interface from the configuration descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextKeyboardInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoHIDInterfaceFound;
}
/* Get the keyboard interface's data endpoint descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoEndpointFound;
}
/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
/* Configure the keyboard data pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
/* Valid data found, return success */
return SuccessfulConfigRead;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Keyboard HID Class and Protocol values.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
/* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == KEYBOARD_CLASS) &&
(DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL))
{
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
}
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next IN Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,
* aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
{
if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
}
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}

72
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
*/
#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
#include "KeyboardHost.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */
#define KEYBOARD_CLASS 0x03
/** Interface Protocol value for a Boot Protocol Keyboard compliant device */
#define KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL 0x01
/** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */
#define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
enum KeyboardHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
{
SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
NoHIDInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
#endif

1485
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Doxygen.conf
Unescape View File

@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
#
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
# The format is:
# TAG = value [value, ...]
# For lists items can also be appended using:
# TAG += value [value, ...]
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
# by quotes) that should identify the project.
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host Demo"
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
# if some version control system is used.
PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
# Set to NO to disable this.
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
"The $name widget" \
"The $name file" \
is \
provides \
specifies \
contains \
represents \
a \
an \
the
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
# description.
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
# path to strip.
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
SHORT_NAMES = YES
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
# re-implements.
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
TAB_SIZE = 4
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
ALIASES =
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
# scopes will look different, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Fortran.
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
# VHDL.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
# enable parsing support.
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
# the \nosubgrouping command.
SUBGROUPING = YES
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
# causing a significant performance penality.
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
# the interface are included in the documentation.
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
# anonymous namespace are hidden.
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
# documentation.
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
# function's detailed documentation block.
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
# of that file.
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
INLINE_INFO = YES
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
# not including the namespace part.
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
# alphabetical list.
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
# in the documentation. The default is NO.
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_FILES = YES
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
# of the layout file.
LAYOUT_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
QUIET = YES
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
# NO is used.
WARNINGS = YES
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
# automatically be disabled.
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
# documentation.
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
# to stderr.
WARN_LOGFILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the input files
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
# with spaces.
INPUT = ./
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
# the list of possible encodings.
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank the following patterns are tested:
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
*.c \
*.txt
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
# If left blank NO is used.
RECURSIVE = YES
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
EXCLUDE =
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
# from the input.
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
# for example use the pattern */test/*
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
# the \include command).
EXAMPLE_PATH =
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank all files are included.
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
# the \image command).
IMAGE_PATH =
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
# ignored.
INPUT_FILTER =
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
# is applied to all files.
FILTER_PATTERNS =
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to source browsing
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented
# functions referencing it will be listed.
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented entities
# called/used by that function will be listed.
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
USE_HTAGS = NO
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
IGNORE_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the HTML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate HTML output.
GENERATE_HTML = YES
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
HTML_OUTPUT = html
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header.
HTML_HEADER =
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard footer.
HTML_FOOTER =
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
HTML_STYLESHEET =
# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
# NO a bullet list will be used.
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
# it at startup.
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
# can be grouped.
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
# will append .docset to the name.
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
# of the generated HTML documentation.
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
# written to the html output directory.
CHM_FILE =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
HHC_LOCATION =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
GENERATE_CHI = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
# content.
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
BINARY_TOC = NO
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
TOC_EXPAND = YES
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
# HTML documentation.
GENERATE_QHP = NO
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
QCH_FILE =
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
# .qhp file .
QHG_LOCATION =
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
# the value YES disables it.
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
# respectively.
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
# is shown.
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
# to force them to be regenerated.
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate Latex output.
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
# default command name.
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
LATEX_HEADER =
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
# higher quality PDF documentation.
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
# in the output.
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the RTF output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
# other RTF readers or editors.
GENERATE_RTF = NO
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_RTF = NO
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
# programs which support those fields.
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the man page output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate man pages
GENERATE_MAN = NO
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
MAN_OUTPUT = man
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
MAN_LINKS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the XML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation.
GENERATE_XML = NO
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
XML_OUTPUT = xml
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_SCHEMA =
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_DTD =
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
# that captures the structure of the code including all
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
# and incomplete at the moment.
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
# moment.
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
# files.
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
# the preprocessor.
INCLUDE_PATH =
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
# be used.
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
# instead of the = operator.
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
# the parser if not removed.
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to external references
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
# this location is as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
# does not have to be run to correct the links.
# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
# (where the name does NOT include the path)
# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
TAGFILES =
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
# will be listed.
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
# be listed.
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
# powerful graphs.
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
# default search path.
MSCGEN_PATH =
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
# or is not a class.
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
HAVE_DOT = NO
# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
# containing the font.
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
# The default size is 10pt.
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
# can find it using this tag.
DOT_FONTPATH =
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
# Language.
UML_LOOK = NO
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
# relations between templates and their instances.
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
# other documented files.
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
# indirectly include this file.
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
CALL_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
# relations between the files in the directories.
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
# If left blank png will be used.
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
# \dotfile command).
DOTFILE_DIRS =
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
# the various graphs.
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
SEARCHENGINE = NO

335
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,335 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the KeyboardHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "KeyboardHost.h"
/* Scheduler Task List */
TASK_LIST
{
{ .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
{ .Task = USB_Keyboard_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
*/
int main(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
LEDs_Init();
/* Indicate USB not ready */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
/* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */
Scheduler_Init();
/* Initialize USB Subsystem */
USB_Init();
/* Start-up message */
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
"Keyboard Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
/* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */
Scheduler_Start();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);
/* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
* stops the library USB task management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
{
/* Stop Keyboard and USB management task */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Keyboard_Host, TASK_STOP);
puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n"));
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
* enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
{
/* Start Keyboard Host task */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Keyboard_Host, TASK_RUN);
/* Indicate device enumeration complete */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
{
USB_ShutDown();
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);
for(;;);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
* enumerating an attached USB device.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
{
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
}
/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to
* log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.
*
* \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the KeyboardHost_StatusCodes_t enum
*/
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
/* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */
switch (CurrentStatus)
{
case Status_USBNotReady:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
break;
case Status_USBEnumerating:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
break;
case Status_USBReady:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);
break;
case Status_EnumerationError:
case Status_HardwareError:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);
break;
}
/* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
* contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
*/
void ReadNextReport(void)
{
USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReport;
/* Select keyboard data pipe */
Pipe_SelectPipe(KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE);
/* Unfreeze keyboard data pipe */
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
{
/* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
Pipe_Freeze();
return;
}
/* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */
if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
{
/* Read in keyboard report data */
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReport, sizeof(KeyboardReport));
/* Indicate if the modifier byte is non-zero (special key such as shift is being pressed) */
LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDS_LED1, (KeyboardReport.Modifier) ? LEDS_LED1 : 0);
/* Check if a key has been pressed */
if (KeyboardReport.KeyCode)
{
/* Toggle status LED to indicate keypress */
if (LEDs_GetLEDs() & LEDS_LED2)
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
else
LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
char PressedKey = 0;
/* Retrieve pressed key character if alphanumeric */
if ((KeyboardReport.KeyCode >= 0x04) && (KeyboardReport.KeyCode <= 0x1D))
PressedKey = (KeyboardReport.KeyCode - 0x04) + 'A';
else if ((KeyboardReport.KeyCode >= 0x1E) && (KeyboardReport.KeyCode <= 0x27))
PressedKey = (KeyboardReport.KeyCode - 0x1E) + '0';
else if (KeyboardReport.KeyCode == 0x2C)
PressedKey = ' ';
else if (KeyboardReport.KeyCode == 0x28)
PressedKey = '\n';
/* Print the pressed key character out through the serial port if valid */
if (PressedKey)
putchar(PressedKey);
}
}
/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
Pipe_ClearIN();
/* Refreeze keyboard data pipe */
Pipe_Freeze();
}
/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process
* HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs.
*/
TASK(USB_Keyboard_Host)
{
uint8_t ErrorCode;
switch (USB_HostState)
{
case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
{
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
.bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
.wValue = 1,
.wIndex = 0,
.wLength = 0,
};
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error status */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
break;
case HOST_STATE_Configured:
puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
{
if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
else
puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error status */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
/* HID class request to set the keyboard protocol to the Boot Protocol */
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
{
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
.bRequest = REQ_SetProtocol,
.wValue = 0,
.wIndex = 0,
.wLength = 0,
};
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Protocol).\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error status */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
break;
case HOST_STATE_Ready:
/* If a report has been received, read and process it */
ReadNextReport();
break;
}
}

96
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for KeyboardHost.c.
*/
#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h> // Library Version Information
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h> // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h> // Serial stream driver
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> // LEDs driver
#include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h> // Simple scheduler for task management
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Pipe number for the keyboard data IN pipe */
#define KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE 1
/** HID Class Specific request to set the report protocol mode */
#define REQ_SetProtocol 0x0B
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Keyboard report */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Modifier; /**< Keyboard modifier byte, indicating pressed modifier keys (such as Shift, Control, etc.) */
uint8_t RESERVED; /**< Reserved for OEM use, always set to 0 */
uint8_t KeyCode; /**< Key code of the currently pressed key */
} USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t;
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */
enum KeyboardHost_StatusCodes_t
{
Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */
Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */
Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */
Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */
Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */
};
/* Task Definitions: */
TASK(USB_Keyboard_Host);
/* Function Prototypes: */
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);
void ReadNextReport(void);
#endif

64
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt
Unescape View File

@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Keyboard Host Demo
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Host</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB keyboard, for USB keyboards using
* the standard keyboard HID profile.
*
* Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial
* USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1.
*
* This uses a naive method where the keyboard is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
* that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
* uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
* all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
* KeyboardHostWithParser demo application.
*
* Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

735
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile
Unescape View File

@ -1,735 +0,0 @@
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
#
# Released to the Public Domain
#
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
# Peter Fleury
# Tim Henigan
# Colin O'Flynn
# Reiner Patommel
# Markus Pfaff
# Sander Pool
# Frederik Rouleau
# Carlos Lamas
# Dean Camera
# Opendous Inc.
# Denver Gingerich
#
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# On command line:
#
# make all = Make software.
#
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
#
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
#
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
#
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
#
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
# have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
# DoxyGen installed)
#
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
#
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
#
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
# bug reports to the GCC project.
#
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# MCU name
MCU = at90usb1287
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
# "Board" inside the application directory.
BOARD = USBKEY
# Processor frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
# Typical values are:
# F_CPU = 1000000
# F_CPU = 1843200
# F_CPU = 2000000
# F_CPU = 3686400
# F_CPU = 4000000
# F_CPU = 7372800
# F_CPU = 8000000
# F_CPU = 11059200
# F_CPU = 14745600
# F_CPU = 16000000
# F_CPU = 18432000
# F_CPU = 20000000
F_CPU = 8000000
# Input clock frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
# source code.
#
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
F_CLOCK = 8000000
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
FORMAT = ihex
# Target file name (without extension).
TARGET = KeyboardHost
# Object files directory
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
# this an empty or blank macro!
OBJDIR = .
# Path to the LUFA library
LUFA_PATH = ../../..
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
ConfigDescriptor.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
CPPSRC =
# List Assembler source files here.
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
ASRC =
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
OPT = s
# Debugging format.
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
DEBUG = dwarf-2
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
# c89 = "ANSI" C
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DUSB_HOST_ONLY -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS
CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
CFLAGS += -Wundef
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -Wundef
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns: create listing
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
# Minimalistic printf version
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
PRINTF_LIB =
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
# Minimalistic scanf version
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
SCANF_LIB =
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
MATH_LIB = -lm
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRALIBDIRS =
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# only used for heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
EXTMEMOPTS =
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
# -Map: create map file
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
#
# Type: avrdude -c ?
# to get a full listing.
#
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
# see avrdude manual.
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
# performed after programming the device.
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
# to submit bug reports.
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
DEBUG_UI = insight
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
# GDB Init Filename.
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
# avarice is running on a different computer.
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
#============================================================================
# Define programs and commands.
SHELL = sh
CC = avr-gcc
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
SIZE = avr-size
AR = avr-ar rcs
NM = avr-nm
AVRDUDE = avrdude
REMOVE = rm -f
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
COPY = cp
WINSHELL = cmd
# Define Messages
# English
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
MSG_END = -------- end --------
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
# Define all object files.
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
# Define all listing files.
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
# Add target processor to flags.
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
# Default target.
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
build: elf hex eep lss sym
#build: lib
elf: $(TARGET).elf
hex: $(TARGET).hex
eep: $(TARGET).eep
lss: $(TARGET).lss
sym: $(TARGET).sym
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
lib: $(LIBNAME)
# Eye candy.
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
begin:
@echo
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
end:
@echo $(MSG_END)
@echo
# Display size of file.
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
sizebefore:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
sizeafter:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
checkhooks: build
@echo
@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
echo "(None)"
@echo ------------------------------------
checklibmode:
@echo
@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
| grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
|| echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
@echo ------------------------------------
checkboard:
@echo
@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
@echo ------------------------------------
# Display compiler version information.
gccversion :
@$(CC) --version
# Program the device.
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
flip: $(TARGET).hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
# a breakpoint at main().
gdb-config:
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
endif
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
else
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
endif
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
coff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
%.hex: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
%.eep: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
%.lss: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
%.sym: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
$(NM) -n $< > $@
# Create library from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.a: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.elf: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
%.s : %.c
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
%.s : %.cpp
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
@echo
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
%.i : %.c
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Target: clean project.
clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
clean_binary:
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
clean_list:
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
doxygen:
@echo Generating Project Documentation...
@doxygen Doxygen.conf
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
clean_doxygen:
rm -rf Documentation
# Create object files directory
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
# Include the dependency files.
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
# Listing of phony targets.
.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee

172
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
* needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
* which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
* routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
* with compatible devices.
*
* This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint and HID descriptor.
*
* \return An error code from the KeyboardHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
{
uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;
uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
/* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */
if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
return ControlError;
/* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */
if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)
return DescriptorTooLarge;
/* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */
ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);
/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);
/* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
/* Get the keyboard interface from the configuration descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextKeyboardInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoHIDInterfaceFound;
}
/* Get the keyboard interface's HID descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextHID) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoHIDDescriptorFound;
}
/* Save the HID report size for later use */
HIDReportSize = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_HID_t).HIDReportLength;
/* Get the keyboard interface's data endpoint descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoEndpointFound;
}
/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
/* Configure the keyboard data pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
/* Valid data found, return success */
return SuccessfulConfigRead;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Keyboard HID Class and Protocol values.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
/* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == KEYBOARD_CLASS) &&
(DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL))
{
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
}
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next IN Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,
* aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
{
if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
}
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next HID descriptor within the current HID interface descriptor.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_HID)
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
else
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}

79
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
*/
#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
#include "HIDReport.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */
#define KEYBOARD_CLASS 0x03
/** Interface Protocol value for a Boot Protocol Keyboard compliant device */
#define KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL 0x01
/** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */
#define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512
/** Descriptor header type constant for a HID descriptor */
#define DTYPE_HID 0x21
/** Descriptor header type constant for a HID report descriptor */
#define DTYPE_Report 0x22
/* Enums: */
enum KeyboardHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
{
SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
NoHIDInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
NoHIDDescriptorFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID descriptor was not found in the device's HID interface */
NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor);
#endif

1485
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf
Unescape View File

@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
#
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
# The format is:
# TAG = value [value, ...]
# For lists items can also be appended using:
# TAG += value [value, ...]
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
# by quotes) that should identify the project.
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
# if some version control system is used.
PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
# Set to NO to disable this.
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
"The $name widget" \
"The $name file" \
is \
provides \
specifies \
contains \
represents \
a \
an \
the
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
# description.
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
# path to strip.
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
SHORT_NAMES = YES
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
# re-implements.
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
TAB_SIZE = 4
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
ALIASES =
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
# scopes will look different, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Fortran.
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
# VHDL.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
# enable parsing support.
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
# the \nosubgrouping command.
SUBGROUPING = YES
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
# causing a significant performance penality.
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
# the interface are included in the documentation.
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
# anonymous namespace are hidden.
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
# documentation.
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
# function's detailed documentation block.
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
# of that file.
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
INLINE_INFO = YES
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
# not including the namespace part.
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
# alphabetical list.
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
# in the documentation. The default is NO.
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_FILES = YES
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
# of the layout file.
LAYOUT_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
QUIET = YES
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
# NO is used.
WARNINGS = YES
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
# automatically be disabled.
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
# documentation.
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
# to stderr.
WARN_LOGFILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the input files
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
# with spaces.
INPUT = ./
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
# the list of possible encodings.
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank the following patterns are tested:
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
*.c \
*.txt
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
# If left blank NO is used.
RECURSIVE = YES
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
EXCLUDE =
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
# from the input.
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
# for example use the pattern */test/*
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
# the \include command).
EXAMPLE_PATH =
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank all files are included.
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
# the \image command).
IMAGE_PATH =
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
# ignored.
INPUT_FILTER =
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
# is applied to all files.
FILTER_PATTERNS =
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to source browsing
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented
# functions referencing it will be listed.
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented entities
# called/used by that function will be listed.
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
USE_HTAGS = NO
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
IGNORE_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the HTML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate HTML output.
GENERATE_HTML = YES
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
HTML_OUTPUT = html
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header.
HTML_HEADER =
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard footer.
HTML_FOOTER =
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
HTML_STYLESHEET =
# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
# NO a bullet list will be used.
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
# it at startup.
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
# can be grouped.
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
# will append .docset to the name.
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
# of the generated HTML documentation.
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
# written to the html output directory.
CHM_FILE =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
HHC_LOCATION =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
GENERATE_CHI = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
# content.
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
BINARY_TOC = NO
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
TOC_EXPAND = YES
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
# HTML documentation.
GENERATE_QHP = NO
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
QCH_FILE =
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
# .qhp file .
QHG_LOCATION =
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
# the value YES disables it.
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
# respectively.
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
# is shown.
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
# to force them to be regenerated.
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate Latex output.
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
# default command name.
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
LATEX_HEADER =
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
# higher quality PDF documentation.
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
# in the output.
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the RTF output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
# other RTF readers or editors.
GENERATE_RTF = NO
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_RTF = NO
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
# programs which support those fields.
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the man page output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate man pages
GENERATE_MAN = NO
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
MAN_OUTPUT = man
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
MAN_LINKS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the XML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation.
GENERATE_XML = NO
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
XML_OUTPUT = xml
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_SCHEMA =
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_DTD =
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
# that captures the structure of the code including all
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
# and incomplete at the moment.
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
# moment.
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
# files.
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
# the preprocessor.
INCLUDE_PATH =
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
# be used.
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
# instead of the = operator.
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
# the parser if not removed.
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to external references
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
# this location is as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
# does not have to be run to correct the links.
# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
# (where the name does NOT include the path)
# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
TAGFILES =
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
# will be listed.
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
# be listed.
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
# powerful graphs.
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
# default search path.
MSCGEN_PATH =
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
# or is not a class.
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
HAVE_DOT = NO
# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
# containing the font.
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
# The default size is 10pt.
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
# can find it using this tag.
DOT_FONTPATH =
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
# Language.
UML_LOOK = NO
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
# relations between templates and their instances.
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
# other documented files.
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
# indirectly include this file.
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
CALL_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
# relations between the files in the directories.
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
# If left blank png will be used.
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
# \dotfile command).
DOTFILE_DIRS =
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
# the various graphs.
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
SEARCHENGINE = NO

72
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "HIDReport.h"
/** Size in bytes of the attached device's HID report descriptor */
uint16_t HIDReportSize;
/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
/** Function to read in the HID report descriptor from the attached device, and process it into easy-to-read
* structures via the HID parser routines in the LUFA library.
*
* \return A value from the KeyboardHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void)
{
/* Create a buffer big enough to hold the entire returned HID report */
uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDReportSize];
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
{
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
.bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
.wValue = (DTYPE_Report << 8),
.wIndex = 0,
.wLength = HIDReportSize,
};
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
/* Send control request to retrieve the HID report from the attached device */
if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
return ParseControlError;
/* Send the HID report to the parser for processing */
if (USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDReportSize, &HIDReportInfo) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
return ParseError;
return ParseSuccessful;
}

79
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for HIDReport.c.
*/
#ifndef _HID_REPORT_H_
#define _HID_REPORT_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
#include "KeyboardHostWithParser.h"
/* Macros: */
/** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a desktop keyboard */
#define USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD 0x07
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible return codes of the GetHIDReportData() function. */
enum KeyboardHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t
{
ParseSuccessful = 0, /**< HID report descriptor parsed successfully */
ParseError = 1, /**< Failed to fully process the HID report descriptor */
ParseControlError = 2, /**< Control error occurred while trying to read the device HID descriptor */
};
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a HID descriptor. */
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint16_t HIDSpec; /**< Implemented HID class specification, in BCD encoded format */
uint8_t CountryCode; /**< Country code value for localized hardware */
uint8_t TotalHIDDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors in the current interface */
uint8_t HIDReportType; /**< HID report type of the first HID report descriptor */
uint16_t HIDReportLength; /**< Total size in bytes of the first HID report descriptor */
} USB_Descriptor_HID_t;
/* External Variables: */
extern uint16_t HIDReportSize;
extern HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void);
#endif

352
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,352 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the KeyboardHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "KeyboardHostWithParser.h"
/* Scheduler Task List */
TASK_LIST
{
{ .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
{ .Task = USB_Keyboard_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
*/
int main(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
LEDs_Init();
/* Indicate USB not ready */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
/* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */
Scheduler_Init();
/* Initialize USB Subsystem */
USB_Init();
/* Start-up message */
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
"Keyboard Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
/* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */
Scheduler_Start();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);
/* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
* stops the library USB task management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
{
/* Stop keyboard and USB management task */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Keyboard_Host, TASK_STOP);
puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
* enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
{
/* Start Keyboard Host task */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Keyboard_Host, TASK_RUN);
/* Indicate device enumeration complete */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
{
USB_ShutDown();
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);
for(;;);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
* enumerating an attached USB device.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
{
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
}
/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to
* log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.
*
* \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the KeyboardHostWithParser_StatusCodes_t enum
*/
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
/* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */
switch (CurrentStatus)
{
case Status_USBNotReady:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
break;
case Status_USBEnumerating:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
break;
case Status_USBReady:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);
break;
case Status_EnumerationError:
case Status_HardwareError:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);
break;
case Status_Busy:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED4);
break;
}
/* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process
* the HID report descriptor and HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs.
*/
TASK(USB_Keyboard_Host)
{
uint8_t ErrorCode;
switch (USB_HostState)
{
case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
{
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
.bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
.wValue = 1,
.wIndex = 0,
.wLength = 0,
};
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
break;
case HOST_STATE_Configured:
puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
{
if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
else
puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
puts_P(PSTR("Processing HID Report.\r\n"));
/* LEDs one and two on to indicate busy processing */
UpdateStatus(Status_Busy);
/* Get and process the device's first HID report descriptor */
if ((ErrorCode = GetHIDReportData()) != ParseSuccessful)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Report Parse Error.\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
/* All LEDs off - ready to indicate key presses */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
break;
case HOST_STATE_Ready:
/* Select and unfreeze keyboard data pipe */
Pipe_SelectPipe(KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
{
/* Check if data has been received from the attached keyboard */
if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
{
/* Create buffer big enough for the report */
uint8_t KeyboardReport[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
/* Load in the keyboard report */
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(KeyboardReport, Pipe_BytesInPipe());
/* Process the read in keyboard report from the device */
ProcessKeyboardReport(KeyboardReport);
}
/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
Pipe_ClearIN();
}
/* Freeze keyboard data pipe */
Pipe_Freeze();
break;
}
}
/** Processes a read HID report from an attached keyboard, extracting out elements via the HID parser results
* as required and prints pressed characters to the serial port. Each time a key is typed, a board LED is toggled.
*
* \param KeyboardReport Pointer to a HID report from an attached keyboard device
*/
void ProcessKeyboardReport(uint8_t* KeyboardReport)
{
/* Check each HID report item in turn, looking for keyboard scan code reports */
for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
{
/* Create a temporary item pointer to the next report item */
HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
/* Check if the current report item is a keyboard scancode */
if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD) &&
(ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize == 8) &&
(ReportItem->Attributes.Logical.Maximum > 1) &&
(ReportItem->ItemType == REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In))
{
/* Retrieve the keyboard scancode from the report data retrieved from the device */
bool FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(KeyboardReport, ReportItem);
/* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
if (!(FoundData))
continue;
/* Key code is an unsigned char in length, cast to the appropriate type */
uint8_t KeyCode = (uint8_t)ReportItem->Value;
/* If scancode is non-zero, a key is being pressed */
if (KeyCode)
{
/* Toggle status LED to indicate keypress */
if (LEDs_GetLEDs() & LEDS_LED2)
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
else
LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
char PressedKey = 0;
/* Convert scancode to printable character if alphanumeric */
if ((KeyCode >= 0x04) && (KeyCode <= 0x1D))
PressedKey = (KeyCode - 0x04) + 'A';
else if ((KeyCode >= 0x1E) && (KeyCode <= 0x27))
PressedKey = (KeyCode - 0x1E) + '0';
else if (KeyCode == 0x2C)
PressedKey = ' ';
else if (KeyCode == 0x28)
PressedKey = '\n';
/* Print the pressed key character out through the serial port if valid */
if (PressedKey)
putchar(PressedKey);
}
/* Once a scancode is found, stop scanning through the report items */
break;
}
}
}

80
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h> // Library Version Information
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h> // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h> // Serial stream driver
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> // LEDs driver
#include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h> // Simple scheduler for task management
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
#include "HIDReport.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Pipe number for the keyboard report data pipe */
#define KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE 1
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */
enum KeyboardHostWithParser_StatusCodes_t
{
Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */
Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */
Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */
Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */
Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */
Status_Busy = 5, /**< Busy dumping HID report items to the serial port */
};
/* Task Definitions: */
TASK(USB_Keyboard_Host);
/* Function Prototypes: */
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);
void ProcessKeyboardReport(uint8_t* KeyboardReport);
#endif

62
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt
Unescape View File

@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Keyboard Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Host</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Keyboard host, for USB keyboards using
* the standard Keyboard HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID reports,
* allowing for correct operation across all USB keyboards. This demo supports
* keyboards with a single HID report.
*
* Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial
* USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1. On connection to a USB keyboard, the
* report items will be processed and printed as a formatted list through the
* USART before the keyboard is fully enumerated.
*
* Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

736
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile
Unescape View File

@ -1,736 +0,0 @@
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
#
# Released to the Public Domain
#
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
# Peter Fleury
# Tim Henigan
# Colin O'Flynn
# Reiner Patommel
# Markus Pfaff
# Sander Pool
# Frederik Rouleau
# Carlos Lamas
# Dean Camera
# Opendous Inc.
# Denver Gingerich
#
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# On command line:
#
# make all = Make software.
#
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
#
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
#
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
#
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
#
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
# have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
# DoxyGen installed)
#
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
#
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
#
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
# bug reports to the GCC project.
#
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# MCU name
MCU = at90usb1287
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
# "Board" inside the application directory.
BOARD = USBKEY
# Processor frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
# Typical values are:
# F_CPU = 1000000
# F_CPU = 1843200
# F_CPU = 2000000
# F_CPU = 3686400
# F_CPU = 4000000
# F_CPU = 7372800
# F_CPU = 8000000
# F_CPU = 11059200
# F_CPU = 14745600
# F_CPU = 16000000
# F_CPU = 18432000
# F_CPU = 20000000
F_CPU = 8000000
# Input clock frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
# source code.
#
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
F_CLOCK = 8000000
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
FORMAT = ihex
# Target file name (without extension).
TARGET = KeyboardHostWithParser
# Object files directory
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
# this an empty or blank macro!
OBJDIR = .
# Path to the LUFA library
LUFA_PATH = ../../..
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
ConfigDescriptor.c \
HIDReport.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
CPPSRC =
# List Assembler source files here.
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
ASRC =
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
OPT = s
# Debugging format.
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
DEBUG = dwarf-2
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
# c89 = "ANSI" C
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DUSB_HOST_ONLY -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS
CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
CFLAGS += -Wundef
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -Wundef
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns: create listing
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
# Minimalistic printf version
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
PRINTF_LIB =
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
# Minimalistic scanf version
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
SCANF_LIB =
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
MATH_LIB = -lm
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRALIBDIRS =
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# only used for heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
EXTMEMOPTS =
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
# -Map: create map file
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
#
# Type: avrdude -c ?
# to get a full listing.
#
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
# see avrdude manual.
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
# performed after programming the device.
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
# to submit bug reports.
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
DEBUG_UI = insight
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
# GDB Init Filename.
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
# avarice is running on a different computer.
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
#============================================================================
# Define programs and commands.
SHELL = sh
CC = avr-gcc
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
SIZE = avr-size
AR = avr-ar rcs
NM = avr-nm
AVRDUDE = avrdude
REMOVE = rm -f
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
COPY = cp
WINSHELL = cmd
# Define Messages
# English
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
MSG_END = -------- end --------
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
# Define all object files.
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
# Define all listing files.
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
# Add target processor to flags.
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
# Default target.
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
build: elf hex eep lss sym
#build: lib
elf: $(TARGET).elf
hex: $(TARGET).hex
eep: $(TARGET).eep
lss: $(TARGET).lss
sym: $(TARGET).sym
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
lib: $(LIBNAME)
# Eye candy.
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
begin:
@echo
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
end:
@echo $(MSG_END)
@echo
# Display size of file.
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
sizebefore:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
sizeafter:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
checkhooks: build
@echo
@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
echo "(None)"
@echo ------------------------------------
checklibmode:
@echo
@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
| grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
|| echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
@echo ------------------------------------
checkboard:
@echo
@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
@echo ------------------------------------
# Display compiler version information.
gccversion :
@$(CC) --version
# Program the device.
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
flip: $(TARGET).hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
# a breakpoint at main().
gdb-config:
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
endif
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
else
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
endif
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
coff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
%.hex: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
%.eep: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
%.lss: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
%.sym: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
$(NM) -n $< > $@
# Create library from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.a: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.elf: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
%.s : %.c
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
%.s : %.cpp
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
@echo
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
%.i : %.c
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Target: clean project.
clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
clean_binary:
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
clean_list:
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
doxygen:
@echo Generating Project Documentation...
@doxygen Doxygen.conf
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
clean_doxygen:
rm -rf Documentation
# Create object files directory
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
# Include the dependency files.
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
# Listing of phony targets.
.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee

172
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
* needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
* which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
* routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
* with compatible devices.
*
* This routine searches for a MSD interface descriptor containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints.
*
* \return An error code from the MassStorageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
{
uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;
uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
uint8_t FoundEndpoints = 0;
/* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */
if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
return ControlError;
/* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */
if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)
return DescriptorTooLarge;
/* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */
ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);
/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);
/* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
/* Get the mass storage interface from the configuration descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextMassStorageInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoInterfaceFound;
}
/* Get the IN and OUT data endpoints for the mass storage interface */
while (FoundEndpoints != ((1 << MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE) | (1 << MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE)))
{
/* Fetch the next bulk endpoint from the current mass storage interface */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoEndpointFound;
}
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
/* Check if the endpoint is a bulk IN or bulk OUT endpoint, set appropriate globals */
if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
{
/* Configure the data IN pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize,
PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE);
Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
/* Set the flag indicating that the data IN pipe has been found */
FoundEndpoints |= (1 << MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
}
else
{
/* Configure the data OUT pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_OUT,
EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize,
PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE);
/* Set the flag indicating that the data OUT pipe has been found */
FoundEndpoints |= (1 << MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
}
}
/* Valid data found, return success */
return SuccessfulConfigRead;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mass Storage Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextMassStorageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
/* Check the descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == MASS_STORE_CLASS) &&
(DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).SubClass == MASS_STORE_SUBCLASS) &&
(DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == MASS_STORE_PROTOCOL))
{
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
}
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next Bulk Endpoint descriptor of the correct MSD interface, aborting the search if
* another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
{
uint8_t EndpointType = (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor,
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
/* Check the endpoint type, break out if correct BULK type endpoint found */
if (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK)
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
}
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}

75
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
*/
#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
#include "MassStorageHost.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Interface Class value for the Mass Storage Device class */
#define MASS_STORE_CLASS 0x08
/** Interface Class value for the Mass Storage Device subclass */
#define MASS_STORE_SUBCLASS 0x06
/** Interface Protocol value for the Bulk Only transport protocol */
#define MASS_STORE_PROTOCOL 0x50
/** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */
#define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
enum MassStorageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
{
SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
NoInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible MSD interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< The correct MSD endpoint descriptors were not found in the device's MSD interface */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
uint8_t DComp_NextMassStorageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
#endif

1485
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Doxygen.conf
Unescape View File

@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
#
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
# The format is:
# TAG = value [value, ...]
# For lists items can also be appended using:
# TAG += value [value, ...]
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
# by quotes) that should identify the project.
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Host Demo"
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
# if some version control system is used.
PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
# Set to NO to disable this.
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
"The $name widget" \
"The $name file" \
is \
provides \
specifies \
contains \
represents \
a \
an \
the
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
# description.
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
# path to strip.
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
SHORT_NAMES = YES
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
# re-implements.
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
TAB_SIZE = 4
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
ALIASES =
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
# scopes will look different, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Fortran.
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
# VHDL.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
# enable parsing support.
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
# the \nosubgrouping command.
SUBGROUPING = YES
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
# causing a significant performance penality.
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
# the interface are included in the documentation.
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
# anonymous namespace are hidden.
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
# documentation.
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
# function's detailed documentation block.
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
# of that file.
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
INLINE_INFO = YES
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
# not including the namespace part.
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
# alphabetical list.
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
# in the documentation. The default is NO.
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_FILES = YES
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
# of the layout file.
LAYOUT_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
QUIET = YES
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
# NO is used.
WARNINGS = YES
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
# automatically be disabled.
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
# documentation.
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
# to stderr.
WARN_LOGFILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the input files
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
# with spaces.
INPUT = ./
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
# the list of possible encodings.
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank the following patterns are tested:
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
*.c \
*.txt
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
# If left blank NO is used.
RECURSIVE = YES
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
EXCLUDE =
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
# from the input.
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
# for example use the pattern */test/*
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
# the \include command).
EXAMPLE_PATH =
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank all files are included.
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
# the \image command).
IMAGE_PATH =
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
# ignored.
INPUT_FILTER =
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
# is applied to all files.
FILTER_PATTERNS =
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to source browsing
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented
# functions referencing it will be listed.
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented entities
# called/used by that function will be listed.
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
USE_HTAGS = NO
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
IGNORE_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the HTML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate HTML output.
GENERATE_HTML = YES
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
HTML_OUTPUT = html
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header.
HTML_HEADER =
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard footer.
HTML_FOOTER =
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
HTML_STYLESHEET =
# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
# NO a bullet list will be used.
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
# it at startup.
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
# can be grouped.
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
# will append .docset to the name.
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
# of the generated HTML documentation.
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
# written to the html output directory.
CHM_FILE =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
HHC_LOCATION =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
GENERATE_CHI = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
# content.
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
BINARY_TOC = NO
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
TOC_EXPAND = YES
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
# HTML documentation.
GENERATE_QHP = NO
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
QCH_FILE =
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
# .qhp file .
QHG_LOCATION =
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
# the value YES disables it.
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
# respectively.
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
# is shown.
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
# to force them to be regenerated.
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate Latex output.
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
# default command name.
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
LATEX_HEADER =
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
# higher quality PDF documentation.
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
# in the output.
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the RTF output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
# other RTF readers or editors.
GENERATE_RTF = NO
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_RTF = NO
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
# programs which support those fields.
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the man page output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate man pages
GENERATE_MAN = NO
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
MAN_OUTPUT = man
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
MAN_LINKS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the XML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation.
GENERATE_XML = NO
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
XML_OUTPUT = xml
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_SCHEMA =
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_DTD =
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
# that captures the structure of the code including all
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
# and incomplete at the moment.
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
# moment.
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
# files.
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
# the preprocessor.
INCLUDE_PATH =
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
# be used.
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
# instead of the = operator.
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
# the parser if not removed.
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to external references
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
# this location is as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
# does not have to be run to correct the links.
# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
# (where the name does NOT include the path)
# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
TAGFILES =
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
# will be listed.
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
# be listed.
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
# powerful graphs.
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
# default search path.
MSCGEN_PATH =
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
# or is not a class.
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
HAVE_DOT = NO
# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
# containing the font.
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
# The default size is 10pt.
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
# can find it using this tag.
DOT_FONTPATH =
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
# Language.
UML_LOOK = NO
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
# relations between templates and their instances.
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
# other documented files.
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
# indirectly include this file.
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
CALL_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
# relations between the files in the directories.
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
# If left blank png will be used.
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
# \dotfile command).
DOTFILE_DIRS =
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
# the various graphs.
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
SEARCHENGINE = NO

685
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,685 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Mass Storage Device commands, to issue MSD commands to the device for
* reading device status, capacity, and other characteristics. This file
* also contains block read and write functions, so that device blocks
* can be read and written. In general, these functions would be chained
* to a FAT library to give file-level access to an attached device's contents.
*
* \note Many Mass Storage devices on the market are non-compliant to the
* specifications and thus can prove difficult to interface with. It
* may be necessary to retry the functions in the module several times
* after they have returned and error to successfully send the command
* to the device. Some devices may also need to have the stream function
* timeout period extended beyond 100ms (some badly designed devices exceeding
* 1.5 seconds occasionally) by defining USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS to a
* larger value in the project makefile and passing it to the compiler
* via the -D switch.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORE_COMMANDS_C
#include "MassStoreCommands.h"
/* Globals: */
/** Current CBW to send to the device. This is automatically filled by the routines
* in this file and is not externally accessible.
*/
static CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock;
/** Current CSW received from the device. This is automatically filled by the routines
* in this file and is externally accessible so that the return codes may be checked.
*/
CommandStatusWrapper_t SCSICommandStatus;
/** Current Tag value used in issued CBWs to the device. This is automatically incremented
* by the routines in this file, and is not externally accessible.
*/
static uint32_t MassStore_Tag = 1;
/** Routine to send the current CBW to the device, and increment the Tag value as needed.
*
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
static uint8_t MassStore_SendCommand(void)
{
uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
/* Each transmission should have a unique tag value, excluding values 0 and 0xFFFFFFFF */
if (++MassStore_Tag == 0xFFFFFFFF)
MassStore_Tag = 1;
/* Select the OUT data pipe for CBW transmission */
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Write the CBW command to the OUT pipe */
if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&SCSICommandBlock, sizeof(CommandBlockWrapper_t))) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
return ErrorCode;
/* Send the data in the OUT pipe to the attached device */
Pipe_ClearOUT();
while(!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()));
/* Freeze pipe after use */
Pipe_Freeze();
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
}
/** Waits until the attached device is ready to accept data following a CBW, checking
* to ensure that the device has not stalled the transaction.
*
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void)
{
uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
/* Unfreeze the OUT pipe so that it can be checked */
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Wait until data received in the IN pipe */
while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
{
/* Check to see if a new frame has been issued (1ms elapsed) */
if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
{
/* Clear the flag and decrement the timeout period counter */
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
TimeoutMSRem--;
/* Check to see if the timeout period for the command has elapsed */
if (!(TimeoutMSRem))
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
}
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
/* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
if (Pipe_IsStalled())
{
/* Clear the stall condition on the OUT pipe */
MassStore_ClearPipeStall(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
}
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
/* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
if (Pipe_IsStalled())
{
/* Clear the stall condition on the IN pipe */
MassStore_ClearPipeStall(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
}
/* Check to see if the device was disconnected, if so exit function */
if (!(USB_IsConnected))
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
};
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
}
/** Sends or receives the transaction's data stage to or from the attached device, reading or
* writing to the nominated buffer.
*
* \param BufferPtr Pointer to the data buffer to read from or write to
*
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
static uint8_t MassStore_SendReceiveData(void* BufferPtr)
{
uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
uint16_t BytesRem = SCSICommandBlock.Header.DataTransferLength;
/* Check the direction of the SCSI command data stage */
if (SCSICommandBlock.Header.Flags & COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN)
{
/* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Read in the block data from the pipe */
if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
return ErrorCode;
/* Acknowledge the packet */
Pipe_ClearIN();
}
else
{
/* Select the OUT data pipe for data transmission */
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Write the block data to the pipe */
if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
return ErrorCode;
/* Acknowledge the packet */
Pipe_ClearOUT();
while (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()));
}
/* Freeze used pipe after use */
Pipe_Freeze();
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
}
/** Routine to receive the current CSW from the device.
*
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
static uint8_t MassStore_GetReturnedStatus(void)
{
uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
/* If an error in the command ocurred, abort */
if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
return ErrorCode;
/* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Load in the CSW from the attached device */
if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&SCSICommandStatus, sizeof(CommandStatusWrapper_t))) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
return ErrorCode;
/* Clear the data ready for next reception */
Pipe_ClearIN();
/* Freeze the IN pipe after use */
Pipe_Freeze();
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
}
/** Clears the stall condition in the attached device on the nominated endpoint number.
*
* \param EndpointNum Endpoint number in the attached device whose stall condition is to be cleared
*
* \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t MassStore_ClearPipeStall(const uint8_t EndpointNum)
{
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
{
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT),
.bRequest = REQ_ClearFeature,
.wValue = FEATURE_ENDPOINT_HALT,
.wIndex = EndpointNum,
.wLength = 0,
};
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
}
/** Issues a Mass Storage class specific request to reset the attached device's Mass Storage interface,
* readying the device for the next CBW.
*
* \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t MassStore_MassStorageReset(void)
{
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
{
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
.bRequest = REQ_MassStorageReset,
.wValue = 0,
.wIndex = 0,
.wLength = 0,
};
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
}
/** Issues a Mass Storage class specific request to determine the index of the highest numbered Logical
* Unit in the attached device.
*
* \param MaxLUNIndex Pointer to the location that the maximum LUN index value should be stored
*
* \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t MassStore_GetMaxLUN(uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex)
{
uint8_t ErrorCode;
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
{
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
.bRequest = REQ_GetMaxLUN,
.wValue = 0,
.wIndex = 0,
.wLength = 1,
};
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(MaxLUNIndex)) == HOST_SENDCONTROL_SetupStalled)
{
/* Clear the pipe stall */
Pipe_ClearStall();
/* Some faulty Mass Storage devices don't implement the GET_MAX_LUN request, so assume a single LUN */
*MaxLUNIndex = 0;
}
return ErrorCode;
}
/** Issues a SCSI Request Sense command to the attached device, to determine the current SCSI sense information. This
* gives error codes for the last issued SCSI command to the device.
*
* \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
* \param SensePtr Pointer to the sense data structure where the sense data from the device is to be stored
*
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t MassStore_RequestSense(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SensePtr)
{
uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue REQUEST SENSE command */
SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)
{
.Header =
{
.Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE,
.Tag = MassStore_Tag,
.DataTransferLength = sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t),
.Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN,
.LUN = LUNIndex,
.SCSICommandLength = 6
},
.SCSICommandData =
{
SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE,
0x00, // Reserved
0x00, // Reserved
0x00, // Reserved
sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t), // Allocation Length
0x00 // Unused (control)
}
};
/* Send SCSI command to the attached device */
MassStore_SendCommand();
/* Wait until data received from the device */
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
{
Pipe_Freeze();
return ReturnCode;
}
/* Read the returned sense data into the buffer */
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData((uint8_t*)SensePtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
{
Pipe_Freeze();
return ReturnCode;
}
/* Read in the returned CSW from the device */
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
{
Pipe_Freeze();
return ReturnCode;
}
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
}
/** Issues a SCSI Device Block Read command to the attached device, to read in one or more data blocks from the
* storage medium into a buffer.
*
* \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
* \param BlockAddress Start block address to read from
* \param Blocks Number of blocks to read from the device
* \param BlockSize Size in bytes of each block to read
* \param BufferPtr Pointer to the buffer where the read data is to be written to
*
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr)
{
uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to read in the given blocks from the device */
SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)
{
.Header =
{
.Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE,
.Tag = MassStore_Tag,
.DataTransferLength = ((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
.Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN,
.LUN = LUNIndex,
.SCSICommandLength = 10
},
.SCSICommandData =
{
SCSI_CMD_READ_10,
0x00, // Unused (control bits, all off)
(BlockAddress >> 24), // MSB of Block Address
(BlockAddress >> 16),
(BlockAddress >> 8),
(BlockAddress & 0xFF), // LSB of Block Address
0x00, // Unused (reserved)
0x00, // MSB of Total Blocks to Read
Blocks, // LSB of Total Blocks to Read
0x00 // Unused (control)
}
};
/* Send SCSI command to the attached device */
MassStore_SendCommand();
/* Wait until data received from the device */
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
{
Pipe_Freeze();
return ReturnCode;
}
/* Read the returned block data into the buffer */
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData(BufferPtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
{
Pipe_Freeze();
return ReturnCode;
}
/* Read in the returned CSW from the device */
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
{
Pipe_Freeze();
return ReturnCode;
}
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
}
/** Issues a SCSI Device Block Write command to the attached device, to write one or more data blocks to the
* storage medium from a buffer.
*
* \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
* \param BlockAddress Start block address to write to
* \param Blocks Number of blocks to write to in the device
* \param BlockSize Size in bytes of each block to write
* \param BufferPtr Pointer to the buffer where the write data is to be sourced from
*
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t MassStore_WriteDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr)
{
uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to write the given blocks to the device */
SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)
{
.Header =
{
.Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE,
.Tag = MassStore_Tag,
.DataTransferLength = ((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
.Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_OUT,
.LUN = LUNIndex,
.SCSICommandLength = 10
},
.SCSICommandData =
{
SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10,
0x00, // Unused (control bits, all off)
(BlockAddress >> 24), // MSB of Block Address
(BlockAddress >> 16),
(BlockAddress >> 8),
(BlockAddress & 0xFF), // LSB of Block Address
0x00, // Unused (reserved)
0x00, // MSB of Total Blocks to Write
Blocks, // LSB of Total Blocks to Write
0x00 // Unused (control)
}
};
/* Send SCSI command to the attached device */
MassStore_SendCommand();
/* Write the data to the device from the buffer */
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData(BufferPtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
{
Pipe_Freeze();
return ReturnCode;
}
/* Read in the returned CSW from the device */
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
{
Pipe_Freeze();
return ReturnCode;
}
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
}
/** Issues a SCSI Device Test Unit Ready command to the attached device, to determine if the device is ready to accept
* other commands.
*
* \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
*
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t MassStore_TestUnitReady(const uint8_t LUNIndex)
{
uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue TEST UNIT READY command */
SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)
{
.Header =
{
.Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE,
.Tag = MassStore_Tag,
.DataTransferLength = 0,
.Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN,
.LUN = LUNIndex,
.SCSICommandLength = 6
},
.SCSICommandData =
{
SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY,
0x00, // Reserved
0x00, // Reserved
0x00, // Reserved
0x00, // Reserved
0x00 // Unused (control)
}
};
/* Send SCSI command to the attached device */
MassStore_SendCommand();
/* Read in the returned CSW from the device */
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
{
Pipe_Freeze();
return ReturnCode;
}
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
}
/** Issues a SCSI Device Read Capacity command to the attached device, to determine the capacity of the
* given Logical Unit within the device.
*
* \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
* \param CapacityPtr Device capacity structure where the capacity data is to be stored
*
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t MassStore_ReadCapacity(const uint8_t LUNIndex, SCSI_Capacity_t* const CapacityPtr)
{
uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue READ CAPACITY command */
SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)
{
.Header =
{
.Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE,
.Tag = MassStore_Tag,
.DataTransferLength = sizeof(SCSI_Capacity_t),
.Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN,
.LUN = LUNIndex,
.SCSICommandLength = 10
},
.SCSICommandData =
{
SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10,
0x00, // Reserved
0x00, // MSB of Logical block address
0x00,
0x00,
0x00, // LSB of Logical block address
0x00, // Reserved
0x00, // Reserved
0x00, // Partial Medium Indicator
0x00 // Unused (control)
}
};
/* Send SCSI command to the attached device */
MassStore_SendCommand();
/* Wait until data received from the device */
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
{
Pipe_Freeze();
return ReturnCode;
}
/* Read the returned capacity data into the buffer */
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData(CapacityPtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
{
Pipe_Freeze();
return ReturnCode;
}
/* Endian-correct the read data */
CapacityPtr->Blocks = SwapEndian_32(CapacityPtr->Blocks);
CapacityPtr->BlockSize = SwapEndian_32(CapacityPtr->BlockSize);
/* Read in the returned CSW from the device */
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
{
Pipe_Freeze();
return ReturnCode;
}
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
}
/** Issues a SCSI Device Prevent/Allow Medium Removal command to the attached device, to lock the physical media from
* being removed. This is a legacy command for SCSI disks with removable storage (such as ZIP disks), but should still
* be issued before the first read or write command is sent.
*
* \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
* \param PreventRemoval Whether or not the LUN media should be locked to prevent removal or not
*
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const bool PreventRemoval)
{
uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command */
SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)
{
.Header =
{
.Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE,
.Tag = MassStore_Tag,
.DataTransferLength = 0,
.Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_OUT,
.LUN = LUNIndex,
.SCSICommandLength = 6
},
.SCSICommandData =
{
SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL,
0x00, // Reserved
0x00, // Reserved
PreventRemoval, // Prevent flag
0x00, // Reserved
0x00 // Unused (control)
}
};
/* Send SCSI command to the attached device */
MassStore_SendCommand();
/* Read in the returned CSW from the device */
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()))
{
Pipe_Freeze();
return ReturnCode;
}
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
}

175
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for MassStoreCommands.c.
*/
#ifndef _MASS_STORE_COMMANDS_H_
#define _MASS_STORE_COMMANDS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "MassStorageHost.h"
#include "SCSI_Codes.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
/* Macros: */
/** Class specific request to reset the Mass Storage interface of the attached device */
#define REQ_MassStorageReset 0xFF
/** Class specific request to retrieve the maximum Logical Unit Number (LUN) index of the attached device */
#define REQ_GetMaxLUN 0xFE
/** Command Block Wrapper signature byte, for verification of valid CBW blocks */
#define CBW_SIGNATURE 0x43425355UL
/** Command Static Wrapper signature byte, for verification of valid CSW blocks */
#define CSW_SIGNATURE 0x53425355UL
/** Data direction mask for the Flags field of a CBW, indicating Host-to-Device transfer direction */
#define COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_OUT (0 << 7)
/** Data direction mask for the Flags field of a CBW, indicating Device-to-Host transfer direction */
#define COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN (1 << 7)
/** Timeout period between the issuing of a CBW to a device, and the reception of the first packet */
#define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 500
/** Pipe number of the Mass Storage data IN pipe */
#define MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE 1
/** Pipe number of the Mass Storage data OUT pipe */
#define MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE 2
/* Type defines: */
/** Type define for a Mass Storage class Command Block Wrapper, used to wrap SCSI
* commands for transport over the USB bulk endpoints to the device.
*/
typedef struct
{
struct
{
uint32_t Signature; /**< Command block signature, always equal to CBW_SIGNATURE */
uint32_t Tag; /**< Current CBW tag, to positively associate a CBW with a CSW */
uint32_t DataTransferLength; /**< Length of data to transfer, following the CBW */
uint8_t Flags; /**< Block flags, equal to one of the COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_* macros */
uint8_t LUN; /**< Logical Unit Number the CBW is addressed to in the device */
uint8_t SCSICommandLength; /**< Length of the SCSI command in the CBW */
} Header;
uint8_t SCSICommandData[16]; /**< SCSI command to issue to the device */
} CommandBlockWrapper_t;
/** Type define for a Mass Storage class Command Status Wrapper, used to wrap SCSI
* responses for transport over the USB bulk endpoints from the device.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Signature; /**< Command status signature, always equal to CSW_SIGNATURE */
uint32_t Tag; /**< Current CBW tag, to positively associate a CBW with a CSW */
uint32_t DataTransferResidue; /**< Length of data not transferred */
uint8_t Status; /**< Command status, a value from the MassStorageHost_CommandStatusCodes_t enum */
} CommandStatusWrapper_t;
/** Type define for a SCSI Sense structure. Structures of this type are filled out by the
* device via the MassStore_RequestSense() function, indicating the current sense data of the
* device (giving explicit error codes for the last issued command). For details of the
* structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t ReponseCode;
uint8_t SegmentNumber;
unsigned char SenseKey : 4;
unsigned char _RESERVED1 : 1;
unsigned char ILI : 1;
unsigned char EOM : 1;
unsigned char FileMark : 1;
uint8_t Information[4];
uint8_t AdditionalLength;
uint8_t CmdSpecificInformation[4];
uint8_t AdditionalSenseCode;
uint8_t AdditionalSenseQualifier;
uint8_t FieldReplaceableUnitCode;
uint8_t SenseKeySpecific[3];
} SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t;
/** SCSI capacity structure, to hold the total capacity of the device in both the number
* of blocks in the current LUN, and the size of each block. This structure is filled by
* the device when the MassStore_ReadCapacity() function is called.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Blocks; /**< Number of blocks in the addressed LUN of the device */
uint32_t BlockSize; /**< Number of bytes in each block in the addressed LUN */
} SCSI_Capacity_t;
/* Enums: */
/** CSW status return codes, indicating the overall status of the issued CBW */
enum MassStorageHost_CommandStatusCodes_t
{
Command_Pass = 0, /**< Command completed successfully */
Command_Fail = 1, /**< Command failed to complete successfully */
Phase_Error = 2 /**< Phase error while processing the issued command */
};
/* External Variables: */
extern CommandStatusWrapper_t SCSICommandStatus;
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORE_COMMANDS_C)
static uint8_t MassStore_SendCommand(void);
static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void);
static uint8_t MassStore_SendReceiveData(void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
static uint8_t MassStore_GetReturnedStatus(void);
#endif
uint8_t MassStore_ClearPipeStall(const uint8_t EndpointNum);
uint8_t MassStore_MassStorageReset(void);
uint8_t MassStore_GetMaxLUN(uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex);
uint8_t MassStore_RequestSense(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SensePtr)
ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
uint8_t MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5);
uint8_t MassStore_WriteDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5);
uint8_t MassStore_ReadCapacity(const uint8_t LUNIndex, SCSI_Capacity_t* const CapacityPtr)
ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
uint8_t MassStore_TestUnitReady(const uint8_t LUNIndex);
uint8_t MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const bool PreventRemoval);
#endif

85
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/SCSI_Codes.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header containing macros for possible SCSI commands and SENSE data. Refer to
* the SCSI standard documentation for more information on each SCSI command and
* the SENSE data.
*/
#ifndef _SCSI_CODES_H_
#define _SCSI_CODES_H_
/* Macros: */
#define SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY 0x12
#define SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE 0x03
#define SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY 0x00
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10 0x25
#define SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC 0x1D
#define SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL 0x1E
#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10 0x2A
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_10 0x28
#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_6 0x0A
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_6 0x08
#define SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10 0x2F
#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6 0x1A
#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_10 0x5A
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD 0x00
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_RECOVERED_ERROR 0x01
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_NOT_READY 0x02
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MEDIUM_ERROR 0x03
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR 0x04
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST 0x05
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_UNIT_ATTENTION 0x06
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT 0x07
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_BLANK_CHECK 0x08
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VENDOR_SPECIFIC 0x09
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_COPY_ABORTED 0x0A
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ABORTED_COMMAND 0x0B
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VOLUME_OVERFLOW 0x0D
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MISCOMPARE 0x0E
#define SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION 0x00
#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_UNIT_NOT_READY 0x04
#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB 0x24
#define SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED 0x27
#define SCSI_ASENSE_FORMAT_ERROR 0x31
#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND 0x20
#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE 0x21
#define SCSI_ASENSE_MEDIUM_NOT_PRESENT 0x3A
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER 0x00
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_FORMAT_COMMAND_FAILED 0x01
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_INITIALIZING_COMMAND_REQUIRED 0x02
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_OPERATION_IN_PROGRESS 0x07
#endif

431
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,431 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the MassStorageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "MassStorageHost.h"
/* Scheduler Task List */
TASK_LIST
{
{ .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
{ .Task = USB_MassStore_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
};
/* Globals */
/** Index of the highest available LUN (Logical Unit) in the attached Mass Storage Device */
uint8_t MassStore_MaxLUNIndex;
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
*/
int main(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
LEDs_Init();
Buttons_Init();
/* Indicate USB not ready */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
/* Start-up message */
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
"MassStore Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
/* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */
Scheduler_Init();
/* Initialize USB Subsystem */
USB_Init();
/* Scheduling routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */
Scheduler_Start();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);
/* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
* stops the library USB task management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
{
/* Stop USB management and Mass Storage tasks */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_MassStore_Host, TASK_STOP);
puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
* enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
{
/* Once device is fully enumerated, start the Mass Storage Host task */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_MassStore_Host, TASK_RUN);
/* Indicate device enumeration complete */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
{
USB_ShutDown();
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);
for(;;);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
* enumerating an attached USB device.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
{
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
}
/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read in blocks from
* the device and print them to the serial port.
*/
TASK(USB_MassStore_Host)
{
uint8_t ErrorCode;
switch (USB_HostState)
{
case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
{
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
.bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
.wValue = 1,
.wIndex = 0,
.wLength = 0,
};
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
break;
case HOST_STATE_Configured:
puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
{
if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
else
puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
puts_P(PSTR("Mass Storage Disk Enumerated.\r\n"));
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
break;
case HOST_STATE_Ready:
/* Indicate device busy via the status LEDs */
UpdateStatus(Status_Busy);
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_GetMaxLUN(&MassStore_MaxLUNIndex)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
{
ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Get Max LUN"), false, ErrorCode);
break;
}
/* Print number of LUNs detected in the attached device */
printf_P(PSTR("Total LUNs: %d.\r\n"), (MassStore_MaxLUNIndex + 1));
/* Reset the Mass Storage device interface, ready for use */
if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_MassStorageReset()) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
{
ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Mass Storage Reset"), false, ErrorCode);
break;
}
/* Get sense data from the device - many devices will not accept any other commands until the sense data
* is read - both on start-up and after a failed command */
SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData;
if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_RequestSense(0, &SenseData)) != 0) || (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))
{
ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Request Sense"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);
break;
}
/* Set the prevent removal flag for the device, allowing it to be accessed */
if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(0, true)) != 0) || (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))
{
ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Prevent/Allow Medium Removal"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);
break;
}
puts_P(PSTR("Waiting until ready.."));
/* Wait until disk ready */
do
{
Serial_TxByte('.');
if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_TestUnitReady(0)) != 0)
{
ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Test Unit Ready"), false, ErrorCode);
break;
}
}
while ((SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass) && USB_IsConnected);
/* Abort if device removed */
if (!(USB_IsConnected))
break;
puts_P(PSTR("\r\nRetrieving Capacity... "));
/* Create new structure for the disk's capacity in blocks and block size */
SCSI_Capacity_t DiskCapacity;
/* Retrieve disk capacity */
if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadCapacity(0, &DiskCapacity)) != 0) || (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))
{
ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Capacity"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);
break;
}
/* Display the disk capacity in blocks * block size bytes */
printf_P(PSTR("%lu blocks of %lu bytes.\r\n"), DiskCapacity.Blocks, DiskCapacity.BlockSize);
/* Create a new buffer capabable of holding a single block from the device */
uint8_t BlockBuffer[DiskCapacity.BlockSize];
/* Read in the first 512 byte block from the device */
if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(0, 0x00000000, 1, DiskCapacity.BlockSize, BlockBuffer)) != 0) ||
(SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))
{
ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Device Block"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);
break;
}
puts_P(PSTR("\r\nContents of first block:\r\n"));
/* Print out the first block in both HEX and ASCII, 16 bytes per line */
for (uint16_t Chunk = 0; Chunk < (DiskCapacity.BlockSize >> 4); Chunk++)
{
/* Pointer to the start of the current 16-byte chunk in the read block of data */
uint8_t* ChunkPtr = &BlockBuffer[Chunk << 4];
/* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in HEX format */
for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)
{
char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);
printf_P(PSTR("%.2X "), CurrByte);
}
puts_P(PSTR(" "));
/* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in ASCII format */
for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)
{
char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);
putchar(isprint(CurrByte) ? CurrByte : '.');
}
puts_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
}
puts_P(PSTR("\r\n\r\nPress board button to read entire ASCII contents of disk...\r\n\r\n"));
/* Wait for the board button to be pressed */
while (!(Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))
{
/* Abort if device removed */
if (!(USB_IsConnected))
break;
}
/* Print out the entire disk contents in ASCII format */
for (uint32_t CurrBlock = 0; CurrBlock < DiskCapacity.Blocks; CurrBlock++)
{
/* Read in the next block of data from the device */
if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(0, CurrBlock, 1, DiskCapacity.BlockSize, BlockBuffer)) != 0) ||
(SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))
{
ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Device Block"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);
break;
}
/* Send the ASCII data in the read in block to the serial port */
for (uint16_t Byte = 0; Byte < DiskCapacity.BlockSize; Byte++)
{
char CurrByte = BlockBuffer[Byte];
putchar(isprint(CurrByte) ? CurrByte : '.');
}
/* Abort if device removed */
if (!(USB_IsConnected))
break;
}
/* Indicate device no longer busy */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
}
/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to
* log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.
*
* \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the MassStorageHost_StatusCodes_t enum
*/
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
/* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */
switch (CurrentStatus)
{
case Status_USBNotReady:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
break;
case Status_USBEnumerating:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
break;
case Status_USBReady:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);
break;
case Status_EnumerationError:
case Status_HardwareError:
case Status_SCSICommandError:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);
break;
case Status_Busy:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED4);
break;
}
/* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
/** Indicates that a communication error has occurred with the attached Mass Storage Device,
* printing error codes to the serial port and waiting until the device is removed before
* continuing.
*
* \param CommandString ASCII string located in PROGMEM space indicating what operation failed
* \param FailedAtSCSILayer Indicates if the command failed at the (logical) SCSI layer or at the physical USB layer
* \param ErrorCode Error code of the function which failed to complete successfully
*/
void ShowDiskReadError(char* CommandString, bool FailedAtSCSILayer, uint8_t ErrorCode)
{
if (FailedAtSCSILayer)
{
/* Display the error code */
printf_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "SCSI command error (%S).\r\n"), CommandString);
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Status Code: %d"), ErrorCode);
}
else
{
/* Display the error code */
printf_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Command error (%S).\r\n"), CommandString);
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d"), ErrorCode);
}
Pipe_Freeze();
/* Indicate device error via the status LEDs */
UpdateStatus(Status_SCSICommandError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
}

85
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for MassStoreHost.c.
*/
#ifndef _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_
#define _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
#include "Lib/MassStoreCommands.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h> // Library Version Information
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h> // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h> // Serial stream driver
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> // LEDs driver
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h> // Board Buttons driver
#include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h> // Simple scheduler for task management
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */
enum MassStorageHost_StatusCodes_t
{
Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */
Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */
Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */
Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */
Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */
Status_Busy = 5, /**< Busy reading or writing to the attached Mass Storage device */
Status_SCSICommandError = 6, /**< Error sending or receiving a command to or from the attached SCSI device */
};
/* Task Definitions: */
TASK(USB_MassStore_Host);
/* Function Prototypes: */
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
void ShowDiskReadError(char* CommandString, bool FailedAtSCSILayer, uint8_t ErrorCode);
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);
#endif

61
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt
Unescape View File

@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Mass Storage Host Demo
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Host</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Bulk Only</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard</td>
* <td>USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard</td>
* <td>SCSI Primary Commands Specification</td>
* <td>SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Mass Storage host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Mass Storage host, for USB storage devices
* using the standard Mass Storage USB profile.
*
* The first 512 bytes (boot sector) of an attached disk's memory will be dumped
* out of the serial port in HEX and ASCII form when it is attached to the AT90USB1287
* AVR. The device will then wait for HWB to be pressed, whereupon the entire ASCII contents
* of the disk will be dumped to the serial port.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

737
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile
Unescape View File

@ -1,737 +0,0 @@
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
#
# Released to the Public Domain
#
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
# Peter Fleury
# Tim Henigan
# Colin O'Flynn
# Reiner Patommel
# Markus Pfaff
# Sander Pool
# Frederik Rouleau
# Carlos Lamas
# Dean Camera
# Opendous Inc.
# Denver Gingerich
#
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# On command line:
#
# make all = Make software.
#
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
#
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
#
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
#
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
#
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
# have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
# DoxyGen installed)
#
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
#
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
#
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
# bug reports to the GCC project.
#
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# MCU name
MCU = at90usb1287
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
# "Board" inside the application directory.
BOARD = USBKEY
# Processor frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
# Typical values are:
# F_CPU = 1000000
# F_CPU = 1843200
# F_CPU = 2000000
# F_CPU = 3686400
# F_CPU = 4000000
# F_CPU = 7372800
# F_CPU = 8000000
# F_CPU = 11059200
# F_CPU = 14745600
# F_CPU = 16000000
# F_CPU = 18432000
# F_CPU = 20000000
F_CPU = 8000000
# Input clock frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
# source code.
#
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
F_CLOCK = 8000000
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
FORMAT = ihex
# Target file name (without extension).
TARGET = MassStorageHost
# Object files directory
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
# this an empty or blank macro!
OBJDIR = .
# Path to the LUFA library
LUFA_PATH = ../../..
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
ConfigDescriptor.c \
Lib/MassStoreCommands.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
CPPSRC =
# List Assembler source files here.
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
ASRC =
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
OPT = s
# Debugging format.
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
DEBUG = dwarf-2
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
# c89 = "ANSI" C
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY
CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
CDEFS += -DUSB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS=2000
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
CFLAGS += -Wundef
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -Wundef
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns: create listing
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
# Minimalistic printf version
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
PRINTF_LIB =
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
# Minimalistic scanf version
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
SCANF_LIB =
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
MATH_LIB = -lm
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRALIBDIRS =
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# only used for heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
EXTMEMOPTS =
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
# -Map: create map file
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
#
# Type: avrdude -c ?
# to get a full listing.
#
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
# see avrdude manual.
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
# performed after programming the device.
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
# to submit bug reports.
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
DEBUG_UI = insight
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
# GDB Init Filename.
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
# avarice is running on a different computer.
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
#============================================================================
# Define programs and commands.
SHELL = sh
CC = avr-gcc
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
SIZE = avr-size
AR = avr-ar rcs
NM = avr-nm
AVRDUDE = avrdude
REMOVE = rm -f
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
COPY = cp
WINSHELL = cmd
# Define Messages
# English
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
MSG_END = -------- end --------
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
# Define all object files.
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
# Define all listing files.
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
# Add target processor to flags.
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
# Default target.
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
build: elf hex eep lss sym
#build: lib
elf: $(TARGET).elf
hex: $(TARGET).hex
eep: $(TARGET).eep
lss: $(TARGET).lss
sym: $(TARGET).sym
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
lib: $(LIBNAME)
# Eye candy.
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
begin:
@echo
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
end:
@echo $(MSG_END)
@echo
# Display size of file.
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
sizebefore:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
sizeafter:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
checkhooks: build
@echo
@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
echo "(None)"
@echo ------------------------------------
checklibmode:
@echo
@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
| grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
|| echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
@echo ------------------------------------
checkboard:
@echo
@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
@echo ------------------------------------
# Display compiler version information.
gccversion :
@$(CC) --version
# Program the device.
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
flip: $(TARGET).hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
# a breakpoint at main().
gdb-config:
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
endif
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
else
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
endif
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
coff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
%.hex: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
%.eep: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
%.lss: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
%.sym: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
$(NM) -n $< > $@
# Create library from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.a: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.elf: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
%.s : %.c
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
%.s : %.cpp
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
@echo
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
%.i : %.c
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Target: clean project.
clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
clean_binary:
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
clean_list:
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
doxygen:
@echo Generating Project Documentation...
@doxygen Doxygen.conf
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
clean_doxygen:
rm -rf Documentation
# Create object files directory
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
# Include the dependency files.
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
# Listing of phony targets.
.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee

155
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
* needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
* which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
* routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
* with compatible devices.
*
* This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.
*
* \return An error code from the MouseHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
{
uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;
uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
/* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */
if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
return ControlError;
/* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */
if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)
return DescriptorTooLarge;
/* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */
ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);
/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);
/* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
/* Get the mouse interface from the configuration descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextMouseInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoHIDInterfaceFound;
}
/* Get the mouse interface's data endpoint descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoEndpointFound;
}
/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
/* Configure the mouse data pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MOUSE_DATAPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
/* Valid data found, return success */
return SuccessfulConfigRead;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mouse HID Class and Protocol values.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
/* Determine if the current descriptor is an interface descriptor */
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
/* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == MOUSE_CLASS) &&
(DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == MOUSE_PROTOCOL))
{
/* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
}
/* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next IN Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,
* aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
/* Determine the type of the current descriptor */
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
{
/* Check if the current Endpoint descriptor is of type IN */
if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
{
/* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
}
else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
/* Indicate that the search has failed prematurely and should be aborted */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
}
/* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}

72
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
*/
#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
#include "MouseHost.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */
#define MOUSE_CLASS 0x03
/** Interface Protocol value for a Boot Protocol Mouse compliant device */
#define MOUSE_PROTOCOL 0x02
/** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */
#define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
enum MouseHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
{
SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
NoHIDInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
#endif

1485
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Doxygen.conf
Unescape View File

@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
#
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
# The format is:
# TAG = value [value, ...]
# For lists items can also be appended using:
# TAG += value [value, ...]
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
# by quotes) that should identify the project.
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host Demo"
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
# if some version control system is used.
PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
# Set to NO to disable this.
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
"The $name widget" \
"The $name file" \
is \
provides \
specifies \
contains \
represents \
a \
an \
the
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
# description.
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
# path to strip.
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
SHORT_NAMES = YES
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
# re-implements.
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
TAB_SIZE = 4
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
ALIASES =
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
# scopes will look different, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Fortran.
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
# VHDL.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
# enable parsing support.
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
# the \nosubgrouping command.
SUBGROUPING = YES
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
# causing a significant performance penality.
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
# the interface are included in the documentation.
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
# anonymous namespace are hidden.
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
# documentation.
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
# function's detailed documentation block.
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
# of that file.
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
INLINE_INFO = YES
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
# not including the namespace part.
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
# alphabetical list.
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
# in the documentation. The default is NO.
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_FILES = YES
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
# of the layout file.
LAYOUT_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
QUIET = YES
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
# NO is used.
WARNINGS = YES
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
# automatically be disabled.
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
# documentation.
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
# to stderr.
WARN_LOGFILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the input files
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
# with spaces.
INPUT = ./
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
# the list of possible encodings.
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank the following patterns are tested:
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
*.c \
*.txt
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
# If left blank NO is used.
RECURSIVE = YES
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
EXCLUDE =
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
# from the input.
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
# for example use the pattern */test/*
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
# the \include command).
EXAMPLE_PATH =
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank all files are included.
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
# the \image command).
IMAGE_PATH =
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
# ignored.
INPUT_FILTER =
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
# is applied to all files.
FILTER_PATTERNS =
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to source browsing
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented
# functions referencing it will be listed.
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented entities
# called/used by that function will be listed.
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
USE_HTAGS = NO
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
IGNORE_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the HTML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate HTML output.
GENERATE_HTML = YES
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
HTML_OUTPUT = html
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header.
HTML_HEADER =
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard footer.
HTML_FOOTER =
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
HTML_STYLESHEET =
# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
# NO a bullet list will be used.
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
# it at startup.
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
# can be grouped.
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
# will append .docset to the name.
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
# of the generated HTML documentation.
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
# written to the html output directory.
CHM_FILE =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
HHC_LOCATION =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
GENERATE_CHI = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
# content.
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
BINARY_TOC = NO
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
TOC_EXPAND = YES
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
# HTML documentation.
GENERATE_QHP = NO
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
QCH_FILE =
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
# .qhp file .
QHG_LOCATION =
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
# the value YES disables it.
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
# respectively.
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
# is shown.
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
# to force them to be regenerated.
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate Latex output.
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
# default command name.
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
LATEX_HEADER =
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
# higher quality PDF documentation.
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
# in the output.
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the RTF output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
# other RTF readers or editors.
GENERATE_RTF = NO
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_RTF = NO
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
# programs which support those fields.
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the man page output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate man pages
GENERATE_MAN = NO
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
MAN_OUTPUT = man
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
MAN_LINKS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the XML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation.
GENERATE_XML = NO
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
XML_OUTPUT = xml
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_SCHEMA =
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_DTD =
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
# that captures the structure of the code including all
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
# and incomplete at the moment.
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
# moment.
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
# files.
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
# the preprocessor.
INCLUDE_PATH =
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
# be used.
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
# instead of the = operator.
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
# the parser if not removed.
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to external references
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
# this location is as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
# does not have to be run to correct the links.
# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
# (where the name does NOT include the path)
# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
TAGFILES =
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
# will be listed.
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
# be listed.
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
# powerful graphs.
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
# default search path.
MSCGEN_PATH =
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
# or is not a class.
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
HAVE_DOT = NO
# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
# containing the font.
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
# The default size is 10pt.
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
# can find it using this tag.
DOT_FONTPATH =
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
# Language.
UML_LOOK = NO
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
# relations between templates and their instances.
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
# other documented files.
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
# indirectly include this file.
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
CALL_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
# relations between the files in the directories.
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
# If left blank png will be used.
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
# \dotfile command).
DOTFILE_DIRS =
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
# the various graphs.
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
SEARCHENGINE = NO

331
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,331 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the MouseHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "MouseHost.h"
/* Scheduler Task List */
TASK_LIST
{
{ .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
{ .Task = USB_Mouse_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
*/
int main(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
LEDs_Init();
/* Indicate USB not ready */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
/* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */
Scheduler_Init();
/* Initialize USB Subsystem */
USB_Init();
/* Start-up message */
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
"Mouse Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
/* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */
Scheduler_Start();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);
/* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
* stops the library USB task management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
{
/* Stop mouse and USB management task */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Mouse_Host, TASK_STOP);
puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n"));
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
* enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
{
/* Start Mouse Host task */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Mouse_Host, TASK_RUN);
/* Indicate device enumeration complete */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
{
USB_ShutDown();
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);
for(;;);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
* enumerating an attached USB device.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
{
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
}
/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to
* log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.
*
* \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the MouseHost_StatusCodes_t enum
*/
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
/* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */
switch (CurrentStatus)
{
case Status_USBNotReady:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
break;
case Status_USBEnumerating:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
break;
case Status_USBReady:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);
break;
case Status_EnumerationError:
case Status_HardwareError:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);
break;
}
/* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
* contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
*/
void ReadNextReport(void)
{
USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReport;
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
/* Select mouse data pipe */
Pipe_SelectPipe(MOUSE_DATAPIPE);
/* Unfreeze keyboard data pipe */
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
{
/* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
Pipe_Freeze();
return;
}
/* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */
if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
{
/* Read in mouse report data */
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&MouseReport, sizeof(MouseReport));
/* Alter status LEDs according to mouse X movement */
if (MouseReport.X > 0)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
else if (MouseReport.X < 0)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
/* Alter status LEDs according to mouse Y movement */
if (MouseReport.Y > 0)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
else if (MouseReport.Y < 0)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
/* Alter status LEDs according to mouse button position */
if (MouseReport.Button)
LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
/* Print mouse report data through the serial port */
printf_P(PSTR("dX:%2d dY:%2d Button:%d\r\n"), MouseReport.X,
MouseReport.Y,
MouseReport.Button);
}
/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
Pipe_ClearIN();
/* Refreeze mouse data pipe */
Pipe_Freeze();
}
/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process
* HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs.
*/
TASK(USB_Mouse_Host)
{
uint8_t ErrorCode;
/* Switch to determine what user-application handled host state the host state machine is in */
switch (USB_HostState)
{
case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
{
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
.bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
.wValue = 1,
.wIndex = 0,
.wLength = 0,
};
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error status */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
break;
case HOST_STATE_Configured:
puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
{
if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
else
puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error status */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
/* HID class request to set the mouse protocol to the Boot Protocol */
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
{
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
.bRequest = REQ_SetProtocol,
.wValue = 0,
.wIndex = 0,
.wLength = 0,
};
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Protocol).\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error status */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
break;
case HOST_STATE_Ready:
/* If a report has been received, read and process it */
ReadNextReport();
break;
}
}

96
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for MouseHost.c.
*/
#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_
#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h> // Library Version Information
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h> // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h> // Serial stream driver
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> // LEDs driver
#include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h> // Simple scheduler for task management
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Pipe number for the mouse data IN pipe */
#define MOUSE_DATAPIPE 1
/** HID Class Specific request to set the report protocol mode */
#define REQ_SetProtocol 0x0B
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Mouse report */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Button; /**< Button mask for currently pressed buttons in the mouse */
int8_t X; /**< Current delta X movement of the mouse */
int8_t Y; /**< Current delta Y movement on the mouse */
} USB_MouseReport_Data_t;
/* Task Definitions: */
TASK(USB_Mouse_Host);
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */
enum MouseHost_StatusCodes_t
{
Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */
Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */
Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */
Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */
Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);
void ReadNextReport(void);
#endif

65
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt
Unescape View File

@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Mouse Host Demo
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Host</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using
* the standard mouse HID profile.
*
* Mouse movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs,
* as well as printed out the serial terminal as formatted dY, dY and
* button status information.
*
* This uses a naive method where the mouse is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
* that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
* uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
* all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
* MouseHostWithParser demo application.
*
* Currently only single interface mice are supported.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

734
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile
Unescape View File

@ -1,734 +0,0 @@
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
#
# Released to the Public Domain
#
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
# Peter Fleury
# Tim Henigan
# Colin O'Flynn
# Reiner Patommel
# Markus Pfaff
# Sander Pool
# Frederik Rouleau
# Carlos Lamas
# Dean Camera
# Opendous Inc.
# Denver Gingerich
#
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# On command line:
#
# make all = Make software.
#
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
#
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
#
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
#
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
#
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
# have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
# DoxyGen installed)
#
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
#
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
#
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
# bug reports to the GCC project.
#
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# MCU name
MCU = at90usb1287
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
# "Board" inside the application directory.
BOARD = USBKEY
# Processor frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
# Typical values are:
# F_CPU = 1000000
# F_CPU = 1843200
# F_CPU = 2000000
# F_CPU = 3686400
# F_CPU = 4000000
# F_CPU = 7372800
# F_CPU = 8000000
# F_CPU = 11059200
# F_CPU = 14745600
# F_CPU = 16000000
# F_CPU = 18432000
# F_CPU = 20000000
F_CPU = 8000000
# Input clock frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
# source code.
#
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
F_CLOCK = 8000000
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
FORMAT = ihex
# Target file name (without extension).
TARGET = MouseHost
# Object files directory
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
# this an empty or blank macro!
OBJDIR = .
# Path to the LUFA library
LUFA_PATH = ../../..
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
ConfigDescriptor.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
CPPSRC =
# List Assembler source files here.
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
ASRC =
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
OPT = s
# Debugging format.
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
DEBUG = dwarf-2
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
# c89 = "ANSI" C
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY
CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
CFLAGS += -Wundef
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -Wundef
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns: create listing
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
# Minimalistic printf version
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
PRINTF_LIB =
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
# Minimalistic scanf version
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
SCANF_LIB =
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
MATH_LIB = -lm
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRALIBDIRS =
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# only used for heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
EXTMEMOPTS =
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
# -Map: create map file
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
#
# Type: avrdude -c ?
# to get a full listing.
#
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
# see avrdude manual.
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
# performed after programming the device.
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
# to submit bug reports.
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
DEBUG_UI = insight
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
# GDB Init Filename.
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
# avarice is running on a different computer.
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
#============================================================================
# Define programs and commands.
SHELL = sh
CC = avr-gcc
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
SIZE = avr-size
AR = avr-ar rcs
NM = avr-nm
AVRDUDE = avrdude
REMOVE = rm -f
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
COPY = cp
WINSHELL = cmd
# Define Messages
# English
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
MSG_END = -------- end --------
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
# Define all object files.
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
# Define all listing files.
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
# Add target processor to flags.
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
# Default target.
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
build: elf hex eep lss sym
#build: lib
elf: $(TARGET).elf
hex: $(TARGET).hex
eep: $(TARGET).eep
lss: $(TARGET).lss
sym: $(TARGET).sym
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
lib: $(LIBNAME)
# Eye candy.
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
begin:
@echo
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
end:
@echo $(MSG_END)
@echo
# Display size of file.
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
sizebefore:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
sizeafter:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
checkhooks: build
@echo
@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
echo "(None)"
@echo ------------------------------------
checklibmode:
@echo
@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
| grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
|| echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
@echo ------------------------------------
checkboard:
@echo
@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
@echo ------------------------------------
# Display compiler version information.
gccversion :
@$(CC) --version
# Program the device.
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
flip: $(TARGET).hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
# a breakpoint at main().
gdb-config:
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
endif
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
else
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
endif
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
coff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
%.hex: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
%.eep: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
%.lss: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
%.sym: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
$(NM) -n $< > $@
# Create library from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.a: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.elf: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
%.s : %.c
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
%.s : %.cpp
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
@echo
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
%.i : %.c
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Target: clean project.
clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
clean_binary:
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
clean_list:
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
doxygen:
@echo Generating Project Documentation...
@doxygen Doxygen.conf
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
clean_doxygen:
rm -rf Documentation
# Create object files directory
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
# Include the dependency files.
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
# Listing of phony targets.
.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee

172
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
* needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
* which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
* routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
* with compatible devices.
*
* This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint and HID descriptor.
*
* \return An error code from the MouseHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
{
uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;
uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
/* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */
if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
return ControlError;
/* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */
if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)
return DescriptorTooLarge;
/* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */
ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);
/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);
/* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
/* Get the mouse interface from the configuration descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextMouseInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoHIDInterfaceFound;
}
/* Get the mouse interface's HID descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextHID) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoHIDDescriptorFound;
}
/* Save the HID report size for later use */
HIDReportSize = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_HID_t).HIDReportLength;
/* Get the mouse interface's data endpoint descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoEndpointFound;
}
/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
/* Configure the mouse data pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MOUSE_DATAPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
/* Valid data found, return success */
return SuccessfulConfigRead;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mouse HID Class and Protocol values.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
/* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == MOUSE_CLASS) &&
(DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == MOUSE_PROTOCOL))
{
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
}
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next IN Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,
* aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
{
if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
}
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next HID descriptor within the current HID interface descriptor.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_HID)
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
else
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}

80
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
*/
#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
#include "HIDReport.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */
#define MOUSE_CLASS 0x03
/** Interface Protocol value for a Boot Protocol Mouse compliant device */
#define MOUSE_PROTOCOL 0x02
/** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */
#define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512
/** Descriptor header type constant for a HID descriptor */
#define DTYPE_HID 0x21
/** Descriptor header type constant for a HID report descriptor */
#define DTYPE_Report 0x22
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
enum CDCHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
{
SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
NoHIDInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
NoHIDDescriptorFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID descriptor was not found in the device's HID interface */
NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor);
#endif

1485
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf
Unescape View File

@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
#
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
# The format is:
# TAG = value [value, ...]
# For lists items can also be appended using:
# TAG += value [value, ...]
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
# by quotes) that should identify the project.
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host (Using Mouse Descriptor Parser)"
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
# if some version control system is used.
PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
# Set to NO to disable this.
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
"The $name widget" \
"The $name file" \
is \
provides \
specifies \
contains \
represents \
a \
an \
the
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
# description.
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
# path to strip.
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
SHORT_NAMES = YES
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
# re-implements.
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
TAB_SIZE = 4
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
ALIASES =
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
# scopes will look different, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Fortran.
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
# VHDL.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
# enable parsing support.
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
# the \nosubgrouping command.
SUBGROUPING = YES
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
# causing a significant performance penality.
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
# the interface are included in the documentation.
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
# anonymous namespace are hidden.
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
# documentation.
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
# function's detailed documentation block.
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
# of that file.
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
INLINE_INFO = YES
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
# not including the namespace part.
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
# alphabetical list.
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
# in the documentation. The default is NO.
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_FILES = YES
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
# of the layout file.
LAYOUT_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
QUIET = YES
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
# NO is used.
WARNINGS = YES
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
# automatically be disabled.
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
# documentation.
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
# to stderr.
WARN_LOGFILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the input files
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
# with spaces.
INPUT = ./
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
# the list of possible encodings.
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank the following patterns are tested:
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
*.c \
*.txt
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
# If left blank NO is used.
RECURSIVE = YES
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
EXCLUDE =
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
# from the input.
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
# for example use the pattern */test/*
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
# the \include command).
EXAMPLE_PATH =
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank all files are included.
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
# the \image command).
IMAGE_PATH =
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
# ignored.
INPUT_FILTER =
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
# is applied to all files.
FILTER_PATTERNS =
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to source browsing
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented
# functions referencing it will be listed.
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented entities
# called/used by that function will be listed.
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
USE_HTAGS = NO
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
IGNORE_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the HTML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate HTML output.
GENERATE_HTML = YES
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
HTML_OUTPUT = html
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header.
HTML_HEADER =
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard footer.
HTML_FOOTER =
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
HTML_STYLESHEET =
# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
# NO a bullet list will be used.
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
# it at startup.
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
# can be grouped.
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
# will append .docset to the name.
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
# of the generated HTML documentation.
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
# written to the html output directory.
CHM_FILE =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
HHC_LOCATION =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
GENERATE_CHI = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
# content.
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
BINARY_TOC = NO
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
TOC_EXPAND = YES
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
# HTML documentation.
GENERATE_QHP = NO
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
QCH_FILE =
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
# .qhp file .
QHG_LOCATION =
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
# the value YES disables it.
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
# respectively.
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
# is shown.
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
# to force them to be regenerated.
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate Latex output.
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
# default command name.
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
LATEX_HEADER =
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
# higher quality PDF documentation.
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
# in the output.
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the RTF output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
# other RTF readers or editors.
GENERATE_RTF = NO
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_RTF = NO
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
# programs which support those fields.
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the man page output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate man pages
GENERATE_MAN = NO
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
MAN_OUTPUT = man
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
MAN_LINKS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the XML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation.
GENERATE_XML = NO
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
XML_OUTPUT = xml
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_SCHEMA =
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_DTD =
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
# that captures the structure of the code including all
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
# and incomplete at the moment.
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
# moment.
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
# files.
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
# the preprocessor.
INCLUDE_PATH =
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
# be used.
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
# instead of the = operator.
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
# the parser if not removed.
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to external references
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
# this location is as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
# does not have to be run to correct the links.
# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
# (where the name does NOT include the path)
# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
TAGFILES =
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
# will be listed.
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
# be listed.
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
# powerful graphs.
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
# default search path.
MSCGEN_PATH =
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
# or is not a class.
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
HAVE_DOT = NO
# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
# containing the font.
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
# The default size is 10pt.
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
# can find it using this tag.
DOT_FONTPATH =
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
# Language.
UML_LOOK = NO
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
# relations between templates and their instances.
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
# other documented files.
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
# indirectly include this file.
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
CALL_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
# relations between the files in the directories.
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
# If left blank png will be used.
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
# \dotfile command).
DOTFILE_DIRS =
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
# the various graphs.
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
SEARCHENGINE = NO

71
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "HIDReport.h"
/** Size in bytes of the attached device's HID report descriptor */
uint16_t HIDReportSize;
/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
/** Function to read in the HID report descriptor from the attached device, and process it into easy-to-read
* structures via the HID parser routines in the LUFA library.
*
* \return A value from the MouseHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void)
{
/* Create a buffer big enough to hold the entire returned HID report */
uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDReportSize];
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
{
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
.bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
.wValue = (DTYPE_Report << 8),
.wIndex = 0,
.wLength = HIDReportSize,
};
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
/* Send control request to retrieve the HID report from the attached device */
if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
return ParseControlError;
/* Send the HID report to the parser for processing */
if (USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDReportSize, &HIDReportInfo) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
return ParseError;
return ParseSuccessful;
}

88
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for HIDReport.c.
*/
#ifndef _HID_REPORT_H_
#define _HID_REPORT_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
#include "MouseHostWithParser.h"
/* Macros: */
/** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a toggle button */
#define USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON 0x09
/** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a Generic Desktop Control */
#define USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL 0x01
/** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a X axis movement */
#define USAGE_X 0x30
/** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Y axis movement */
#define USAGE_Y 0x31
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible return codes of the GetHIDReportData() function. */
enum MouseHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t
{
ParseSuccessful = 0, /**< HID report descriptor parsed successfully */
ParseError = 1, /**< Failed to fully process the HID report descriptor */
ParseControlError = 2, /**< Control error occurred while trying to read the device HID descriptor */
};
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a HID descriptor. */
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint16_t HIDSpec; /**< Implemented HID class specification, in BCD encoded format */
uint8_t CountryCode; /**< Country code value for localized hardware */
uint8_t TotalHIDDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors in the current interface */
uint8_t HIDReportType; /**< HID report type of the first HID report descriptor */
uint16_t HIDReportLength; /**< Total size in bytes of the first HID report descriptor */
} USB_Descriptor_HID_t;
/* External Variables: */
extern uint16_t HIDReportSize;
extern HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void);
#endif

362
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,362 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the MouseHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "MouseHostWithParser.h"
/* Scheduler Task List */
TASK_LIST
{
{ .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
{ .Task = USB_Mouse_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
*/
int main(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
LEDs_Init();
/* Indicate USB not ready */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
/* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */
Scheduler_Init();
/* Initialize USB Subsystem */
USB_Init();
/* Start-up message */
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
"Mouse Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
/* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */
Scheduler_Start();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);
/* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
* stops the library USB task management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
{
/* Stop mouse and USB management task */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Mouse_Host, TASK_STOP);
puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n"));
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
* enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
{
/* Start Mouse Host task */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Mouse_Host, TASK_RUN);
/* Indicate device enumeration complete */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
{
USB_ShutDown();
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);
for(;;);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
* enumerating an attached USB device.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
{
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
}
/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to
* log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.
*
* \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the MouseHostWithParser_StatusCodes_t enum
*/
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
/* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */
switch (CurrentStatus)
{
case Status_USBNotReady:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
break;
case Status_USBEnumerating:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
break;
case Status_USBReady:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);
break;
case Status_EnumerationError:
case Status_HardwareError:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);
break;
case Status_Busy:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED4);
break;
}
/* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process
* the HID report descriptor and HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs.
*/
TASK(USB_Mouse_Host)
{
uint8_t ErrorCode;
/* Switch to determine what user-application handled host state the host state machine is in */
switch (USB_HostState)
{
case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
{
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
.bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
.wValue = 1,
.wIndex = 0,
.wLength = 0,
};
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
break;
case HOST_STATE_Configured:
puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
{
if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
else
puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
puts_P(PSTR("Processing HID Report.\r\n"));
/* LEDs one and two on to indicate busy processing */
UpdateStatus(Status_Busy);
/* Get and process the device's first HID report descriptor */
if ((ErrorCode = GetHIDReportData()) != ParseSuccessful)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Report Parse Error.\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
/* All LEDs off - ready to indicate key presses */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
break;
case HOST_STATE_Ready:
/* Select and unfreeze mouse data pipe */
Pipe_SelectPipe(MOUSE_DATAPIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
{
/* Check if data has been received from the attached mouse */
if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
{
/* Create buffer big enough for the report */
uint8_t MouseReport[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
/* Load in the mouse report */
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(MouseReport, Pipe_BytesInPipe());
/* Process the read in mouse report from the device */
ProcessMouseReport(MouseReport);
}
/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
Pipe_ClearIN();
}
/* Freeze mouse data pipe */
Pipe_Freeze();
break;
}
}
/** Processes a read HID report from an attached mouse, extracting out elements via the HID parser results
* as required and displays movement and button presses on the board LEDs.
*
* \param MouseReport Pointer to a HID report from an attached mouse device
*/
void ProcessMouseReport(uint8_t* MouseReport)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
/* Check each HID report item in turn, looking for mouse X/Y/button reports */
for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
{
/* Create a temporary item pointer to the next report item */
HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
bool FoundData;
if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) &&
(ReportItem->ItemType == REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In))
{
/* Get the mouse button value */
FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem);
/* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
if (!(FoundData))
continue;
/* If button is pressed, all LEDs are turned on */
if (ReportItem->Value)
LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
}
else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X) ||
(ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_Y)) &&
(ReportItem->ItemType == REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In))
{
/* Get the mouse relative position value */
FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem);
/* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
if (!(FoundData))
continue;
int16_t DeltaMovement;
if (ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize > 8)
DeltaMovement = (int16_t)ReportItem->Value;
else
DeltaMovement = (int8_t)ReportItem->Value;
/* Determine if the report is for the X or Y delta movement */
if (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)
{
/* Turn on the appropriate LED according to direction if the delta is non-zero */
if (DeltaMovement)
LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
}
else
{
/* Turn on the appropriate LED according to direction if the delta is non-zero */
if (DeltaMovement)
LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4);
}
}
}
/* Display the button information on the board LEDs */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}

80
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_
#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h> // Library Version Information
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h> // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h> // Serial stream driver
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> // LEDs driver
#include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h> // Simple scheduler for task management
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
#include "HIDReport.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Pipe number for the mouse report data pipe */
#define MOUSE_DATAPIPE 1
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */
enum MouseHostWithParser_StatusCodes_t
{
Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */
Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */
Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */
Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */
Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */
Status_Busy = 5, /**< Busy dumping HID report items to the serial port */
};
/* Task Definitions: */
TASK(USB_Mouse_Host);
/* Function Prototypes: */
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);
void ProcessMouseReport(uint8_t* MouseReport);
#endif

62
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt
Unescape View File

@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Mouse Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Host</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using
* the standard mouse HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID
* reports, allowing for correct operation across all USB mice. This
* demo supports mice with a single HID report.
*
* Mouse movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs.
* On connection to a USB mouse, the report items will be processed and
* printed as a formatted list through the USART before the mouse is
* fully enumerated.
*
* Currently only single interface mice are supported.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

736
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile
Unescape View File

@ -1,736 +0,0 @@
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
#
# Released to the Public Domain
#
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
# Peter Fleury
# Tim Henigan
# Colin O'Flynn
# Reiner Patommel
# Markus Pfaff
# Sander Pool
# Frederik Rouleau
# Carlos Lamas
# Dean Camera
# Opendous Inc.
# Denver Gingerich
#
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# On command line:
#
# make all = Make software.
#
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
#
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
#
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
#
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
#
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
# have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
# DoxyGen installed)
#
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
#
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
#
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
# bug reports to the GCC project.
#
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# MCU name
MCU = at90usb1287
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
# "Board" inside the application directory.
BOARD = USBKEY
# Processor frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
# Typical values are:
# F_CPU = 1000000
# F_CPU = 1843200
# F_CPU = 2000000
# F_CPU = 3686400
# F_CPU = 4000000
# F_CPU = 7372800
# F_CPU = 8000000
# F_CPU = 11059200
# F_CPU = 14745600
# F_CPU = 16000000
# F_CPU = 18432000
# F_CPU = 20000000
F_CPU = 8000000
# Input clock frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
# source code.
#
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
F_CLOCK = 8000000
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
FORMAT = ihex
# Target file name (without extension).
TARGET = MouseHostWithParser
# Object files directory
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
# this an empty or blank macro!
OBJDIR = .
# Path to the LUFA library
LUFA_PATH = ../../..
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
ConfigDescriptor.c \
HIDReport.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
CPPSRC =
# List Assembler source files here.
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
ASRC =
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
OPT = s
# Debugging format.
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
DEBUG = dwarf-2
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
# c89 = "ANSI" C
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY
CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
CFLAGS += -Wundef
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -Wundef
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns: create listing
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
# Minimalistic printf version
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
PRINTF_LIB =
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
# Minimalistic scanf version
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
SCANF_LIB =
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
MATH_LIB = -lm
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRALIBDIRS =
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# only used for heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
EXTMEMOPTS =
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
# -Map: create map file
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
#
# Type: avrdude -c ?
# to get a full listing.
#
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
# see avrdude manual.
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
# performed after programming the device.
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
# to submit bug reports.
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
DEBUG_UI = insight
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
# GDB Init Filename.
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
# avarice is running on a different computer.
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
#============================================================================
# Define programs and commands.
SHELL = sh
CC = avr-gcc
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
SIZE = avr-size
AR = avr-ar rcs
NM = avr-nm
AVRDUDE = avrdude
REMOVE = rm -f
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
COPY = cp
WINSHELL = cmd
# Define Messages
# English
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
MSG_END = -------- end --------
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
# Define all object files.
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
# Define all listing files.
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
# Add target processor to flags.
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
# Default target.
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
build: elf hex eep lss sym
#build: lib
elf: $(TARGET).elf
hex: $(TARGET).hex
eep: $(TARGET).eep
lss: $(TARGET).lss
sym: $(TARGET).sym
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
lib: $(LIBNAME)
# Eye candy.
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
begin:
@echo
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
end:
@echo $(MSG_END)
@echo
# Display size of file.
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
sizebefore:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
sizeafter:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
checkhooks: build
@echo
@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
echo "(None)"
@echo ------------------------------------
checklibmode:
@echo
@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
| grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
|| echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
@echo ------------------------------------
checkboard:
@echo
@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
@echo ------------------------------------
# Display compiler version information.
gccversion :
@$(CC) --version
# Program the device.
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
flip: $(TARGET).hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
# a breakpoint at main().
gdb-config:
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
endif
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
else
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
endif
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
coff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
%.hex: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
%.eep: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
%.lss: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
%.sym: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
$(NM) -n $< > $@
# Create library from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.a: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.elf: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
%.s : %.c
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
%.s : %.cpp
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
@echo
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
%.i : %.c
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Target: clean project.
clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
clean_binary:
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
clean_list:
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
doxygen:
@echo Generating Project Documentation...
@doxygen Doxygen.conf
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
clean_doxygen:
rm -rf Documentation
# Create object files directory
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
# Include the dependency files.
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
# Listing of phony targets.
.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee

192
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
* needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
* which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
* routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
* with compatible devices.
*
* This routine searches for a SI interface descriptor containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints.
*
* \return An error code from the StillImageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
{
uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;
uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
uint8_t FoundEndpoints = 0;
/* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */
if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
return ControlError;
/* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */
if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)
return DescriptorTooLarge;
/* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */
ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);
/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);
/* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
/* Get the Still Image interface from the configuration descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextStillImageInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoInterfaceFound;
}
/* Get the IN and OUT data and event endpoints for the Still Image interface */
while (FoundEndpoints != ((1 << SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE) | (1 << SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE) | (1 << SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE)))
{
/* Fetch the next endpoint from the current Still Image interface */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
DComp_NextSImageInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoEndpointFound;
}
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
/* Check if the found endpoint is a interrupt or bulk type descriptor */
if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
{
/* If the endpoint is a IN type interrupt endpoint */
if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
{
/* Configure the events pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize,
PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE);
Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(EndpointData->PollingIntervalMS);
/* Set the flag indicating that the events pipe has been found */
FoundEndpoints |= (1 << SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE);
}
}
else
{
/* Check if the endpoint is a bulk IN or bulk OUT endpoint */
if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
{
/* Configure the data IN pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize,
PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE);
Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
/* Set the flag indicating that the data IN pipe has been found */
FoundEndpoints |= (1 << SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
}
else
{
/* Configure the data OUT pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_OUT,
EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize,
PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE);
/* Set the flag indicating that the data OUT pipe has been found */
FoundEndpoints |= (1 << SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
}
}
}
/* Valid data found, return success */
return SuccessfulConfigRead;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Still Image Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
/* Check the descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == SIMAGE_CLASS) &&
(DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).SubClass == SIMAGE_SUBCLASS) &&
(DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == SIMAGE_PROTOCOL))
{
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
}
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next Interrupt or Bulk Endpoint descriptor of the current SI interface, aborting the
* search if another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextSImageInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
{
uint8_t EndpointType = (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor,
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT))
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
}
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}

75
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
*/
#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
#include "StillImageHost.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Interface Class value for the Still Image Device class */
#define SIMAGE_CLASS 0x06
/** Interface Class value for the Still Image Device subclass */
#define SIMAGE_SUBCLASS 0x01
/** Interface Class value for the Still Image Device protocol */
#define SIMAGE_PROTOCOL 0x01
/** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */
#define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
enum MassStorageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
{
SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
NoInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible SI interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< The correct SI endpoint descriptors were not found in the device's SI interface */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
uint8_t DComp_NextSImageInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
#endif

1485
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Doxygen.conf
Unescape View File

@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
#
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
# The format is:
# TAG = value [value, ...]
# For lists items can also be appended using:
# TAG += value [value, ...]
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
# by quotes) that should identify the project.
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Still Image Host Demo"
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
# if some version control system is used.
PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
# Set to NO to disable this.
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
"The $name widget" \
"The $name file" \
is \
provides \
specifies \
contains \
represents \
a \
an \
the
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
# description.
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
# path to strip.
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
SHORT_NAMES = YES
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
# re-implements.
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
TAB_SIZE = 4
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
ALIASES =
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
# scopes will look different, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Fortran.
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
# VHDL.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
# enable parsing support.
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
# the \nosubgrouping command.
SUBGROUPING = YES
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
# causing a significant performance penality.
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
# the interface are included in the documentation.
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
# anonymous namespace are hidden.
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
# documentation.
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
# function's detailed documentation block.
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
# of that file.
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
INLINE_INFO = YES
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
# not including the namespace part.
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
# alphabetical list.
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
# in the documentation. The default is NO.
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_FILES = YES
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
# of the layout file.
LAYOUT_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
QUIET = YES
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
# NO is used.
WARNINGS = YES
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
# automatically be disabled.
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
# documentation.
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
# to stderr.
WARN_LOGFILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the input files
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
# with spaces.
INPUT = ./
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
# the list of possible encodings.
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank the following patterns are tested:
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
*.c \
*.txt
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
# If left blank NO is used.
RECURSIVE = YES
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
EXCLUDE =
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
# from the input.
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
# for example use the pattern */test/*
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
# the \include command).
EXAMPLE_PATH =
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank all files are included.
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
# the \image command).
IMAGE_PATH =
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
# ignored.
INPUT_FILTER =
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
# is applied to all files.
FILTER_PATTERNS =
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to source browsing
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented
# functions referencing it will be listed.
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented entities
# called/used by that function will be listed.
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
USE_HTAGS = NO
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
IGNORE_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the HTML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate HTML output.
GENERATE_HTML = YES
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
HTML_OUTPUT = html
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header.
HTML_HEADER =
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard footer.
HTML_FOOTER =
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
HTML_STYLESHEET =
# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
# NO a bullet list will be used.
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
# it at startup.
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
# can be grouped.
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
# will append .docset to the name.
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
# of the generated HTML documentation.
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
# written to the html output directory.
CHM_FILE =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
HHC_LOCATION =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
GENERATE_CHI = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
# content.
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
BINARY_TOC = NO
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
TOC_EXPAND = YES
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
# HTML documentation.
GENERATE_QHP = NO
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
QCH_FILE =
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
# .qhp file .
QHG_LOCATION =
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
# the value YES disables it.
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
# respectively.
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
# is shown.
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
# to force them to be regenerated.
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate Latex output.
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
# default command name.
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
LATEX_HEADER =
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
# higher quality PDF documentation.
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
# in the output.
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the RTF output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
# other RTF readers or editors.
GENERATE_RTF = NO
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_RTF = NO
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
# programs which support those fields.
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the man page output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate man pages
GENERATE_MAN = NO
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
MAN_OUTPUT = man
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
MAN_LINKS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the XML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation.
GENERATE_XML = NO
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
XML_OUTPUT = xml
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_SCHEMA =
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_DTD =
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
# that captures the structure of the code including all
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
# and incomplete at the moment.
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
# moment.
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
# files.
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
# the preprocessor.
INCLUDE_PATH =
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
# be used.
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
# instead of the = operator.
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
# the parser if not removed.
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to external references
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
# this location is as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
# does not have to be run to correct the links.
# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
# (where the name does NOT include the path)
# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
TAGFILES =
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
# will be listed.
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
# be listed.
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
# powerful graphs.
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
# default search path.
MSCGEN_PATH =
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
# or is not a class.
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
HAVE_DOT = NO
# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
# containing the font.
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
# The default size is 10pt.
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
# can find it using this tag.
DOT_FONTPATH =
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
# Language.
UML_LOOK = NO
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
# relations between templates and their instances.
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
# other documented files.
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
# indirectly include this file.
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
CALL_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
# relations between the files in the directories.
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
# If left blank png will be used.
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
# \dotfile command).
DOTFILE_DIRS =
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
# the various graphs.
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
SEARCHENGINE = NO

51
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header containing macros for possible PIMA commands. Refer to the PIMA standard
* documentation for more information on each PIMA command.
*/
#ifndef _PIMA_CODES_H_
/* Macros: */
#define PIMA_OPERATION_GETDEVICEINFO 0x1001
#define PIMA_OPERATION_OPENSESSION 0x1002
#define PIMA_OPERATION_CLOSESESSION 0x1003
#define PIMA_RESPONSE_OK 0x2001
#define PIMA_RESPONSE_GENERALERROR 0x2002
#define PIMA_RESPONSE_SESSIONNOTOPEN 0x2003
#define PIMA_RESPONSE_INVALIDTRANSACTIONID 0x2004
#define PIMA_RESPONSE_OPERATIONNOTSUPPORTED 0x2005
#define PIMA_RESPONSE_PARAMETERNOTSUPPORTED 0x2006
#endif

279
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,279 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Still Image Device commands, to issue PIMA commands to the device for
* reading device status, capacity, and other characteristics as well as
* reading and writing of stored image data.
*/
#include "StillImageCommands.h"
/* Globals: */
/** PIMA block container for the block to send to the device */
PIMA_Container_t PIMA_SendBlock;
/** PIMA block container for the last received block from the device */
PIMA_Container_t PIMA_ReceivedBlock;
/** PIMA block container for the last event block received from the device */
PIMA_Container_t PIMA_EventBlock;
/** Function to send the PIMA command container to the attached still image device. */
void SImage_SendBlockHeader(void)
{
/* Unfreeze the data OUT pipe ready for data transmission */
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Write the PIMA block to the data OUT pipe */
Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&PIMA_SendBlock, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
/* If the block type is a command, send its parameters (if any) */
if (PIMA_SendBlock.Type == CType_CommandBlock)
{
/* Determine the size of the parameters in the block via the data length attribute */
uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMA_SendBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
/* Check if any parameters in the command block */
if (ParamBytes)
{
/* Write the PIMA parameters to the data OUT pipe */
Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&PIMA_SendBlock.Params, ParamBytes);
}
/* Send the PIMA command block to the attached device */
Pipe_ClearOUT();
}
/* Freeze pipe after use */
Pipe_Freeze();
}
/** Function to receive a PIMA event container from the attached still image device. */
void SImage_RecieveEventHeader(void)
{
/* Unfreeze the events pipe */
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Read in the event data into the global structure */
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_EventBlock, sizeof(PIMA_EventBlock));
/* Clear the pipe after read complete to prepare for next event */
Pipe_ClearIN();
/* Freeze the event pipe again after use */
Pipe_Freeze();
}
/** Function to receive a PIMA response container from the attached still image device. */
uint8_t SImage_RecieveBlockHeader(void)
{
uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
/* Unfreeze the data IN pipe */
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Wait until data received on the IN pipe */
while (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
{
/* Check to see if a new frame has been issued (1ms elapsed) */
if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
{
/* Clear the flag and decrement the timeout period counter */
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
TimeoutMSRem--;
/* Check to see if the timeout period for the command has elapsed */
if (!(TimeoutMSRem))
{
/* Return error code */
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
}
}
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
/* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
if (Pipe_IsStalled())
{
/* Clear the stall condition on the OUT pipe */
SImage_ClearPipeStall(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
/* Return error code and break out of the loop */
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
}
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
/* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
if (Pipe_IsStalled())
{
/* Clear the stall condition on the IN pipe */
SImage_ClearPipeStall(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
/* Return error code */
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
}
/* Check to see if the device was disconnected, if so exit function */
if (!(USB_IsConnected))
{
/* Return error code */
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
}
};
/* Freeze OUT pipe after use */
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
Pipe_Freeze();
/* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
/* Load in the response from the attached device */
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_ReceivedBlock, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
/* Check if the returned block type is a response block */
if (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type == CType_ResponseBlock)
{
/* Determine the size of the parameters in the block via the data length attribute */
uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
/* Check if the device has returned any parameters */
if (ParamBytes)
{
/* Read the PIMA parameters from the data IN pipe */
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Params, ParamBytes);
}
/* Clear pipe bank after use */
Pipe_ClearIN();
}
/* Freeze the IN pipe after use */
Pipe_Freeze();
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
}
/** Function to send the given data to the device, after a command block has been issued.
*
* \param Buffer Source data buffer to send to the device
* \param Bytes Number of bytes to send
*/
void SImage_SendData(void* Buffer, uint16_t Bytes)
{
/* Unfreeze the data OUT pipe */
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Write the data contents to the pipe */
Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes);
/* Send the last packet to the attached device */
Pipe_ClearOUT();
/* Freeze the pipe again after use */
Pipe_Freeze();
}
/** Function to receive the given data to the device, after a response block has been received.
*
* \param Buffer Destination data buffer to put read bytes from the device
* \param Bytes Number of bytes to receive
*
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t SImage_ReadData(void* Buffer, uint16_t Bytes)
{
uint8_t ErrorCode;
/* Unfreeze the data IN pipe */
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Read in the data into the buffer */
ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes);
/* Freeze the pipe again after use */
Pipe_Freeze();
return ErrorCode;
}
/** Function to test if a PIMA event block is waiting to be read in from the attached device.
*
* \return True if an event is waiting to be read in from the device, false otherwise
*/
bool SImage_IsEventReceived(void)
{
bool IsEventReceived = false;
/* Unfreeze the Event pipe */
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* If the pipe contains data, an event has been received */
if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
IsEventReceived = true;
/* Freeze the pipe after use */
Pipe_Freeze();
return IsEventReceived;
}
/** Clears the stall condition in the attached device on the nominated endpoint number.
*
* \param EndpointNum Endpoint number in the attached device whose stall condition is to be cleared
*
* \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t SImage_ClearPipeStall(const uint8_t EndpointNum)
{
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
{
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT),
.bRequest = REQ_ClearFeature,
.wValue = FEATURE_ENDPOINT_HALT,
.wIndex = EndpointNum,
.wLength = 0,
};
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
}

110
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for StillImageCommands.c.
*/
#ifndef _STILL_IMAGE_COMMANDS_H_
#define _STILL_IMAGE_COMMANDS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
#include "PIMACodes.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Pipe number of the Still Image data IN pipe */
#define SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE 0x01
/** Pipe number of the Still Image data OUT pipe */
#define SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE 0x02
/** Pipe number of the Still Image events pipe */
#define SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE 0x03
/** Timeout period between the issuing of a command to a device, and the reception of the first packet */
#define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 5000
/** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for
* a command container.
*
* \param params Number of parameters which are to be sent in the Param field of the container
*/
#define PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(params) ((sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock) - sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock.Params)) + \
(params * sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock.Params[0])))
/** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for
* a data container.
*
* \param datalen Length in bytes of the data in the container
*/
#define PIMA_DATA_SIZE(datalen) ((sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock) - sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock.Params)) + datalen)
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a PIMA container, use to send commands and receive responses to and from an
* attached Still Image device.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t DataLength; /**< Length of the container and data, in bytes */
uint16_t Type; /**< Container type, a value from the PIMA_Container_Types_t enum */
uint16_t Code; /**< Command, event or response code of the container */
uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique container ID to link blocks together */
uint32_t Params[4]; /**< Block parameters to be issued along with the block code (command blocks only) */
} PIMA_Container_t;
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible PIMA contains types. */
enum PIMA_Container_Types_t
{
CType_Undefined = 0, /**< Undefined container type */
CType_CommandBlock = 1, /**< Command Block container type */
CType_DataBlock = 2, /**< Data Block container type */
CType_ResponseBlock = 3, /**< Response container type */
CType_EventBlock = 4, /**< Event Block container type */
};
/* External Variables: */
extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_SendBlock;
extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_ReceivedBlock;
extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_EventBlock;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SImage_SendBlockHeader(void);
uint8_t SImage_RecieveBlockHeader(void);
void SImage_RecieveEventHeader(void);
void SImage_SendData(void* Buffer, uint16_t Bytes);
uint8_t SImage_ReadData(void* Buffer, uint16_t Bytes);
bool SImage_IsEventReceived(void);
uint8_t SImage_ClearPipeStall(const uint8_t EndpointNum);
#endif

434
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c
Unescape View File

@ -1,434 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the StillImageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "StillImageHost.h"
/* Scheduler Task List */
TASK_LIST
{
{ .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
{ .Task = USB_SImage_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
*/
int main(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable Clock Division */
CLKPR = (1 << CLKPCE);
CLKPR = 0;
/* Hardware Initialization */
SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
LEDs_Init();
/* Indicate USB not ready */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
/* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */
Scheduler_Init();
/* Initialize USB Subsystem */
USB_Init();
/* Start-up message */
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
"Still Image Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
/* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */
Scheduler_Start();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);
/* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
* stops the library USB task management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
{
/* Stop USB management and Still Image tasks */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_SImage_Host, TASK_STOP);
puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
* enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
{
/* Once device is fully enumerated, start the Still Image Host task */
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_SImage_Host, TASK_RUN);
/* Indicate device enumeration complete */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
{
USB_ShutDown();
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);
for(;;);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
* enumerating an attached USB device.
*/
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
{
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
}
/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to print device information
* through the serial port.
*/
TASK(USB_SImage_Host)
{
uint8_t ErrorCode;
switch (USB_HostState)
{
case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
{
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
.bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
.wValue = 1,
.wIndex = 0,
.wLength = 0,
};
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
{
puts_P(PSTR("Control error.\r\n"));
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
break;
case HOST_STATE_Configured:
puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
{
if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
else
puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
puts_P(PSTR("Still Image Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
break;
case HOST_STATE_Ready:
/* Indicate device busy via the status LEDs */
UpdateStatus(Status_Busy);
puts_P(PSTR("Retrieving Device Info...\r\n"));
PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
{
.DataLength = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0),
.Type = CType_CommandBlock,
.Code = PIMA_OPERATION_GETDEVICEINFO,
.TransactionID = 0x00000000,
.Params = {},
};
/* Send the GETDEVICEINFO block */
SImage_SendBlockHeader();
/* Receive the response data block */
if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
{
ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
break;
}
/* Calculate the size of the returned device info data structure */
uint16_t DeviceInfoSize = (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
/* Create a buffer large enough to hold the entire device info */
uint8_t DeviceInfo[DeviceInfoSize];
/* Read in the data block data (containing device info) */
SImage_ReadData(DeviceInfo, DeviceInfoSize);
/* Once all the data has been read, the pipe must be cleared before the response can be sent */
Pipe_ClearIN();
/* Create a pointer for walking through the info dataset */
uint8_t* DeviceInfoPos = DeviceInfo;
/* Skip over the data before the unicode device information strings */
DeviceInfoPos += 8; // Skip to VendorExtensionDesc String
DeviceInfoPos += ((*DeviceInfoPos << 1) + 1); // Skip over VendorExtensionDesc String
DeviceInfoPos += 2; // Skip over FunctionalMode
DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over OperationCode Array
DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over EventCode Array
DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over DevicePropCode Array
DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over ObjectFormatCode Array
DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over ObjectFormatCode Array
/* Extract and convert the Manufacturer Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */
char Manufacturer[*DeviceInfoPos];
UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, Manufacturer);
printf_P(PSTR(" Manufacturer: %s\r\n"), Manufacturer);
DeviceInfoPos += ((*DeviceInfoPos << 1) + 1); // Skip over Manufacturer String
/* Extract and convert the Model Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */
char Model[*DeviceInfoPos];
UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, Model);
printf_P(PSTR(" Model: %s\r\n"), Model);
DeviceInfoPos += ((*DeviceInfoPos << 1) + 1); // Skip over Model String
/* Extract and convert the Device Version Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */
char DeviceVersion[*DeviceInfoPos];
UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, DeviceVersion);
printf_P(PSTR(" Device Version: %s\r\n"), DeviceVersion);
/* Receive the final response block from the device */
if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
{
ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
break;
}
/* Verify that the command completed successfully */
if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != CType_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))
{
ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);
break;
}
puts_P(PSTR("Opening Session...\r\n"));
PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
{
.DataLength = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1),
.Type = CType_CommandBlock,
.Code = PIMA_OPERATION_OPENSESSION,
.TransactionID = 0x00000000,
.Params = {0x00000001},
};
/* Send the OPENSESSION block, open a session with an ID of 0x0001 */
SImage_SendBlockHeader();
/* Receive the response block from the device */
if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
{
ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
break;
}
/* Verify that the command completed successfully */
if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != CType_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))
{
ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);
break;
}
puts_P(PSTR("Closing Session...\r\n"));
PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
{
.DataLength = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1),
.Type = CType_CommandBlock,
.Code = PIMA_OPERATION_CLOSESESSION,
.TransactionID = 0x00000001,
.Params = {0x00000001},
};
/* Send the CLOSESESSION block, close the session with an ID of 0x0001 */
SImage_SendBlockHeader();
/* Receive the response block from the device */
if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
{
ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
break;
}
/* Verify that the command completed successfully */
if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != CType_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))
{
ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);
break;
}
puts_P(PSTR("Done.\r\n"));
/* Indicate device no longer busy */
UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
break;
}
}
/** Function to convert a given Unicode encoded string to ASCII. This function will only work correctly on Unicode
* strings which contain ASCII printable characters only.
*
* \param UnicodeString Pointer to a Unicode encoded input string
* \param Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the converted ASCII string should be stored
*/
void UnicodeToASCII(uint8_t* UnicodeString, char* Buffer)
{
/* Get the number of characters in the string, skip to the start of the string data */
uint8_t CharactersRemaining = *(UnicodeString++);
/* Loop through the entire unicode string */
while (CharactersRemaining--)
{
/* Load in the next unicode character (only the lower byte, only Unicode coded ASCII supported) */
*(Buffer++) = *UnicodeString;
/* Jump to the next unicode character */
UnicodeString += 2;
}
/* Null terminate the string */
*Buffer = 0;
}
/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to
* log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.
*
* \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the StillImageHost_StatusCodes_t enum
*/
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
/* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */
switch (CurrentStatus)
{
case Status_USBNotReady:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
break;
case Status_USBEnumerating:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
break;
case Status_USBReady:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);
break;
case Status_EnumerationError:
case Status_HardwareError:
case Status_PIMACommandError:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);
break;
case Status_Busy:
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4);
break;
}
/* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
/** Displays a PIMA command error via the device's serial port.
*
* \param ErrorCode Error code of the function which failed to complete successfully
* \param ResponseCodeError Indicates if the error is due to a command failed indication from the device, or a communication failure
*/
void ShowCommandError(uint8_t ErrorCode, bool ResponseCodeError)
{
char* FailureType = ((ResponseCodeError) ? PSTR("Response Code != OK") : PSTR("Transaction Fail"));
printf_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Command Error (%S).\r\n"), FailureType);
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
UpdateStatus(Status_PIMACommandError);
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
while (USB_IsConnected);
}

83
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h
Unescape View File

@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for StillImageHost.c.
*/
#ifndef _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_
#define _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
#include "Lib/PIMACodes.h"
#include "Lib/StillImageCommands.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h> // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h> // Serial stream driver
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> // LED driver
#include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h> // Simple scheduler for task management
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */
enum StillImageHost_StatusCodes_t
{
Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */
Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */
Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */
Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */
Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */
Status_Busy = 5, /**< Busy reading or writing to the attached Still Image device */
Status_PIMACommandError = 6, /**< Error while sending or receiving a PIM command to the attached device */
};
/* Task Definitions: */
TASK(USB_SImage_Host);
/* Function Prototypes: */
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
void UnicodeToASCII(uint8_t* restrict UnicodeString, char* restrict Buffer);
void ShowCommandError(uint8_t ErrorCode, bool ResponseCodeError);
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);
#endif

58
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt
Unescape View File

@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Still Image Host Demo
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Host</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Still Image Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Still Image Class Specification</td>
* <td>PIMA 15740 Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Still Image host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a Still Image host, for USB devices such as
* digital cameras.
*
* This demo will enumerate an attached USB Still Image device, print out its
* information structure, open a session with the device and finally close the
* session.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

735
Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile
Unescape View File

@ -1,735 +0,0 @@
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
#
# Released to the Public Domain
#
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
# Peter Fleury
# Tim Henigan
# Colin O'Flynn
# Reiner Patommel
# Markus Pfaff
# Sander Pool
# Frederik Rouleau
# Carlos Lamas
# Dean Camera
# Opendous Inc.
# Denver Gingerich
#
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# On command line:
#
# make all = Make software.
#
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
#
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
#
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
#
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
#
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
# have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
#
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
# DoxyGen installed)
#
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
#
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
#
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
# bug reports to the GCC project.
#
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# MCU name
MCU = at90usb1287
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
# "Board" inside the application directory.
BOARD = USBKEY
# Processor frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
# Typical values are:
# F_CPU = 1000000
# F_CPU = 1843200
# F_CPU = 2000000
# F_CPU = 3686400
# F_CPU = 4000000
# F_CPU = 7372800
# F_CPU = 8000000
# F_CPU = 11059200
# F_CPU = 14745600
# F_CPU = 16000000
# F_CPU = 18432000
# F_CPU = 20000000
F_CPU = 8000000
# Input clock frequency.
# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
# source code.
#
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
F_CLOCK = 8000000
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
FORMAT = ihex
# Target file name (without extension).
TARGET = StillImageHost
# Object files directory
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
# this an empty or blank macro!
OBJDIR = .
# Path to the LUFA library
LUFA_PATH = ../../..
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
ConfigDescriptor.c \
Lib/StillImageCommands.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
CPPSRC =
# List Assembler source files here.
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
ASRC =
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
OPT = s
# Debugging format.
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
DEBUG = dwarf-2
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
# c89 = "ANSI" C
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY
CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
CFLAGS += -Wundef
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
# -g*: generate debugging information
# -O*: optimization level
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
# -Wall...: warning level
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -Wundef
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
# -adhlns: create listing
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
# Minimalistic printf version
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
PRINTF_LIB =
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
# Minimalistic scanf version
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
SCANF_LIB =
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
MATH_LIB = -lm
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
EXTRALIBDIRS =
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
# only used for heap (malloc()).
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
EXTMEMOPTS =
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
# -Map: create map file
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
#
# Type: avrdude -c ?
# to get a full listing.
#
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
# see avrdude manual.
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
# performed after programming the device.
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
# to submit bug reports.
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
DEBUG_UI = insight
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
# GDB Init Filename.
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
# avarice is running on a different computer.
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
#============================================================================
# Define programs and commands.
SHELL = sh
CC = avr-gcc
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
SIZE = avr-size
AR = avr-ar rcs
NM = avr-nm
AVRDUDE = avrdude
REMOVE = rm -f
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
COPY = cp
WINSHELL = cmd
# Define Messages
# English
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
MSG_END = -------- end --------
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
# Define all object files.
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
# Define all listing files.
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
# Add target processor to flags.
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
# Default target.
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
build: elf hex eep lss sym
#build: lib
elf: $(TARGET).elf
hex: $(TARGET).hex
eep: $(TARGET).eep
lss: $(TARGET).lss
sym: $(TARGET).sym
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
lib: $(LIBNAME)
# Eye candy.
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
begin:
@echo
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
end:
@echo $(MSG_END)
@echo
# Display size of file.
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
sizebefore:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
sizeafter:
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
checkhooks: build
@echo
@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
echo "(None)"
@echo ------------------------------------
checklibmode:
@echo
@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
| grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
|| echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
@echo ------------------------------------
checkboard:
@echo
@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
@echo ------------------------------------
# Display compiler version information.
gccversion :
@$(CC) --version
# Program the device.
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
flip: $(TARGET).hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
# a breakpoint at main().
gdb-config:
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
endif
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
else
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
endif
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
coff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
%.hex: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
%.eep: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
%.lss: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
%.sym: %.elf
@echo
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
$(NM) -n $< > $@
# Create library from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.a: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
%.elf: $(OBJ)
@echo
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
@echo
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
%.s : %.c
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
%.s : %.cpp
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
@echo
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
%.i : %.c
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
# Target: clean project.
clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
clean_binary:
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
clean_list:
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
doxygen:
@echo Generating Project Documentation...
@doxygen Doxygen.conf
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
clean_doxygen:
rm -rf Documentation
# Create object files directory
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
# Include the dependency files.
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
# Listing of phony targets.
.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee

16
Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c
Unescape View File

@ -107,10 +107,6 @@ static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void)
{
uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
/* Unfreeze the OUT pipe so that it can be checked */
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
@ -130,7 +126,9 @@ static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void)
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
}
Pipe_Freeze();
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
if (Pipe_IsStalled())
@ -140,8 +138,10 @@ static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void)
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
}
Pipe_Freeze();
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
if (Pipe_IsStalled())
@ -156,6 +156,12 @@ static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void)
if (!(USB_IsConnected))
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
};
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
Pipe_Freeze();
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
Pipe_Freeze();
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
}

2
Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h
Unescape View File

@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
#define COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN (1 << 7)
/** Timeout period between the issuing of a CBW to a device, and the reception of the first packet */
#define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 500
#define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 2000
/** Pipe number of the Mass Storage data IN pipe */
#define MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE 1

1
Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c
Unescape View File

@ -74,6 +74,7 @@ void SetupHardware(void)
SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
LEDs_Init();
Buttons_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and

2
LUFA/ChangeLog.txt
Unescape View File

@ -22,6 +22,8 @@
* - Changed bootloaders to use FLASHEND rather than the existence of RAMPZ to determine if far FLASH pointers are needed
* - Error status LEDs shown when device endpoint configuration fails to complete
* - MIDI device demo no longer blocks if a note change event is sent while the endpoint is not ready
* - Fixes to MassStorageHost for better device compatibility (increase command timeout, change MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()
* to only unfreeze and check one data pipe at a time)
*
*
* \section Sec_ChangeLog090605 Version 090605

1
LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HID.h
Unescape View File

@ -169,6 +169,7 @@
* \param ReportID Report ID of the received output report. If multiple reports are not received via the given HID
* interface, this parameter should be ignored.
* \param ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received HID report is stored.
* \param ReportSize Size in bytes of the received report from the host.
*/
void CALLBACK_USB_HID_ProcessReceivedHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_t* HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t ReportID, void* ReportData, uint16_t ReportSize);

2
LUFA/MigrationInformation.txt
Unescape View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
* to the next version released. It does not indicate all new additions to the library in each version change, only
* areas relevant to making older projects compatible with the API changes of each new release.
*
* \section Sec_Migration090605 Migrating from 090510 to 090605
* \section Sec_MigrationXXXXXX Migrating from 090605 to XXXXXX
*
*
* \section Sec_Migration090605 Migrating from 090510 to 090605

Write Preview
Loading…
Cancel
Save